Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D07-440 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - JOURNEYS - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
JOURNEYS 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL D07 -440 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http:/ /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Permit No.: D07 -440 Occupant /Tenant: JOURNEYS Building Address: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SUITE NO. Parcel No.: 6364200010 Property Owner: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Use: RETAIL Occupancy Group/Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Y Required: Y Design Occupant Load: 24 THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES City strf Tukwila Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 2977 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcentet Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Tenant: Name: JOURNEYS Address: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA Owner: Name: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC Address: 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Phone: DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Contact Person: Name: THOM TOBEN Address: 8010 STATE LINE RD STE 180 , LEAWOOD KS 66208 Phone: 913- 649 -6037 Contractor: Name: ELDER JONES INC Address: 1120 E 80TH ST , BLOOMINGTON, MN 55420 Phone: 612- 854 -2854 Contractor License No: ELDERJI15900 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR NEW MALL SPACE doc: IBC -10/06 * *continued on next page ** Permit Number: D07 - 440 Issue Date: 05/15/2008 Permit Expires On: 11/11/2008 Expiration Date: 01/11/2009 Value of Construction: $209,500.00 Fees Collected: $3,296.88 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: II -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 007 -440 Printed: 05-15 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City oi4ukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: D07 -440 Issue Date: 05/15/2008 Permit Expires On: 11/11/2008 Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read and e governing this work will be complied The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: Print Name: doc: IBC -10/06 N Date: rj `IC ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances , whether specified herein or not. Date: S' /f G $ Z-z-vV C.( /'- This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. D07 - 440 Printed: 05-15 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: JOURNEYS 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** doc: Cond -10/06 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS e Permit Number: D07 -440 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 11/30/2007 Issue Date: 05/15/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 6: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 7: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until fmal inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the 007 -440 Printed: 05-15 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 15: ** *PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING * ** 16: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 17: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 18: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, ZOB:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 19: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 20: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 21: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 22: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 23: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 24: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 25: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 26: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 27: Gates serving the means of egress system shall comply with the requirements of the International Fire Code. Gates used as a component in a means of egress shall conform to the applicable requirements for doors. (IFC 1008.2) 28: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 29: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) doc: Cond -10/06 007 - 440 Printed: 05-15 -2008 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http : / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 30: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 31: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 32: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. 33: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 34: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 35: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 36: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 37: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 38: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 39: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: Cond - 10/06 * *continued on next page ** D07 - 440 Printed: 05-15 -2008 Signature: doc: Cond -10/06 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Print Name: Date: i D07 -440 Printed: 05-15 -2008 V►% CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.ci.wkwila.iva.us Name? 7 f d't 7 1 4' Company Name: Mailing Address: Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** a .-// t7 7 King Co Assessor's Tax No.: t 3(3 60 I. 0 Site Address: /4 /05M6c..2 S (Jeer 6' g rdee -74 Suite Number: 2 3 or Floor: Z New Tenant: MK Yes Tenant Name: u R.vJE, yS Property Owners Name: ( G��FS(O -- / /t €7 Jot lt Mailing Address: /1/5' go,4/0 g240 9 Aht i /� 37Z/7 Mailing Address: AO/ 6 57 11 -4;g . 1 $-7 /Se E -Mail Address: 7 O @ 5 g / r ez .(4 Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: Company Name: 5 '72// ai 6 Mailing Address: St /O 5 Zr..-49g Z4 ' .57x ad Contact Person: - '7d�3j.✓ E -Mail Address: i7A' STZ 0 . Ce1 Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: 57u) 2L 27/6<i Ce4egy / 2a GwAce 13 C eit/aii✓tk/e. Q:\Applications\Porms- Applications On LineO -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised 9 -2006 bh Building Permit No. 1)0 "7 - t 0 Mechanical Permit No. � t(7 . rS Plumbing/Gas Permit No. TGO Public Works Permit No. Project No. ro (For office use only) City c (rf State State LEA Locrati' /C City State Day Telephone: 9/3. 6 `` � K� Fax Number: 9� 3. 6T ` City XX State Day Telephone: 9/x . Z6 z Fax Number: 9/3. Z.6 Z. ❑..No Zip CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Day Telephone: 9/7. G «' 6 0 37 Zerkereo /s 66Za City State Zip Fax Number: 7/ 6 Y') 7/l/ GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION — (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4) for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Zip City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: ARCHITECT OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Record 66 Zo9 Zip 66 7 7 /// ENGINEER OF RECORD All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record 44Z63 Zip 77 /77 3 Page l of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 7i9/ 5O Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): L /y6� S/ e£ /3/i4' s.••! �� )771 t / °a 7 64 /ns.J7L i 4 ,4.6e s ,' i ,,rL. f/d4, /C-� -4E CT; pt , ? Cf_/L/r 1 F-Gsorif Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes ❑ .. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: ,,//4 Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) _ *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: lEi Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes Q No If `yes , attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ,44 ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:Upplications\Forms- Applications On Line 3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9-2006 bh Page 2 of 6 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure Neww Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1' Floor / Y Z � , / s 'T I/ //0 /" ' 2 Floor 3 Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 7i9/ 5O Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): L /y6� S/ e£ /3/i4' s.••! �� )771 t / °a 7 64 /ns.J7L i 4 ,4.6e s ,' i ,,rL. f/d4, /C-� -4E CT; pt , ? Cf_/L/r 1 F-Gsorif Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes ❑ .. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: ,,//4 Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) _ *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: lEi Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes Q No If `yes , attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ,44 ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:Upplications\Forms- Applications On Line 3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9-2006 bh Page 2 of 6 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION - 206- 433 -0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Waster District . ..Tukwila ❑...Water District #125 ❑ .. Highline ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewjr District • ukwila ❑ ... ValVue ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑...Sewer Availability Provided Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ... Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way Non Right-of-way ❑ ...Total Cut cubic yards ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water Q: Applications\Farms- Applications On t.ine\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9-2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1- 800 -424 -5555 ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... 11 WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size.. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size 9, WO # ❑...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public _ Private ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public _ Private ft FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing,: Name: Mailing Address: Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Sewage Treatment Day Telephone: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Qty Fumace<100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper Fumace>100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct / Thermostat , 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator — Comm/Ind MECHANICAL PERMIT INFORMATION - 206- 431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION c t1,eRf� fly i3� ,,,�Mf Company Name: Mailing Address: 6 /4i - W Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:Upplications\Forms- Applications On Linel3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised 9 -2006 bh de‘l paps Use: Residential: New .... ❑ z , Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New .... re Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric ❑ Gas ....0 Other: fti / S y.17 State Zip City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ "=; Crr) / / Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): �, '- U C NJ syf lam'°' — / Page 4 of 6 Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Qty Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain / Sinks / Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap 15 Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory / Water Closet / Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and/or vent / Additional medical gas inlets/outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets/outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206- 431 -3670 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ 'j ?/ Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work ( ase provide detailed information): �i�l flu ,4 t ate✓ DF �z. _' LM H4 /At r S /-r /l s-„700eic Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): 1/ 73 Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): 14 Utility Purveyor: Water: "7 Q:WpplicationsWonns- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Sewer: Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: Page 5 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Si I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDIN ture: Print Name. Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). OR AUT _ o T� esi r Mailing Address: Gr 37 4' ' 4 `" i. Q:\Applications\Fonns- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised 9 - 2006 bh Day Telephone: City Date: 0 7/3. VC. 0 37 /cf. C 6 Z4' State Zip Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: Staff Initials: Page 6 of 6 Receipt No.: R08 -01981 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description ttnc RArnint -Ofi PLAN CHECK - NONRES City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /wwwci.tukwila.wa.us Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D07 -440 Address: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: ISSUED Suite No: Applied Date: 11/30/2007 Applicant: JOURNEYS Issue Date: 05/15/2008 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 06/06/2008 12:30 PM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Payee: KEITH BARTON, BARTON CONSTRUCTION TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 2143 58.00 RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 58.00 Total: $58.00 Payment Amount: 558.00 3335 06 /06 9711 TOTAL 58.00 PrintM: Ofid18-20OR RECEIPT NO: R08- 01658 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: ELDER -JONES SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http:/lwww.citukwila.wa.us D07 -440 1,999.88 D08 -004 223.74 M07 -259 295.42 PG07 -322 128.00 TOTAL: 2,647.04 BUILDING - NONRES MECHANICAL - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES PLUMBING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE SET RECEIPT SET ID: 0515A SET NAME: JOURNEYS Payment Date: 05/15/2008 Total Payment: 2,647.04 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 133793 2,647.04 TOTAL: 2,647.04 Account Code Current Pmts 000/322.100 2,209.88 000/322.100 295.42 000/345.830 4.74 000/322.100 128.00 000/386.904 9.00 TOTAL: 2,647.04 2494 05/16 9710 TOTAL 2647.04 Receipt No.: R07 -02625 Payee: STUDIO T2 DESIGN ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description doc: Receipt -06 PLAN CHECK - NONRES City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D07 -440 Address: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUICW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 11/30/2007 Applicant: JOURNEYS Issue Date: Initials: WER Payment Date: 11/30/2007 10:37 AM User ID: 1655 Balance: $1,999.88 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 5710 1,297.00 Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 1,297.00 Total: $1,297.00 Payment Amount: $1,297.00 5524 11/30 9710 TOTAL 1544.56 Printed: 11 -30 -2007 Projez, Type of Inspection: . //l/4 - / \J Address: e2 4/77 /114// Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 - 7 2 6 .6 ) criti ' 71TT * Requester: Phone No: :5'23— 46/5 - 0/5" INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431-3 COMMENTS: f ef r cese47/c/eAt 9 .? Approved per applicable codes. !Inspector: r eceipt No.: 'Date: DO7-4/e/b Corrections required prior to approval. r ate: 7/z ? $60.9 4 FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pai (6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project:• 1 Type of Inspection: A ddress: - MA Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: - 24 9/0 a.m. (1 7176... N1. Requester: Phone No: ID INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ID Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ?M 57 Inspector: (Date: 74 J $60.00 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at4300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Do - 1//O PERMIT NO. Project. Type of Inspection: Address: 7 /n/9 t/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7—/6 — C2e p.m. Requester: Phone No 5 - C664-vts !v INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 'Inspector: (Date: 7 /I4/O4v) U $60.0 INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: IDate: Project:- • � J OLA. v 4442 j Type of Inspections ` / Z1 r Address: f' 7 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7// / a.m. . Requester: Phone No: 573 — L4b ` a IS6 0 Approved per applicable codes. Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD 1 17(27 � j � I Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION I2. 63 00 Southce Bl vd.. #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Corrections required prior to approval. Date: 71 1 p El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE RE UIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: 014 'Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: II 4 /d S flreo ler b..-5 a ite.4T/a cre 35 r 5 at/et/ Sl ;i7 Address• -y 7 / iemiA G.. ecY/ ;-"j1 -IfeyyTL Phone No: c e i / ,D (/PI- / e1 � Uli orl r� pt 1 , e d . Project.— , «r,ne S Type of Inspection: Susp. (:- Address• -y 7 / Date Called: 5 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: i z m Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION i. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA, 98188 (206)431 -3670 D7- WO Ei Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: 0 $60.00 R paid at 6 I Date: 7 /'/ 7 U PECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Projec • oL( vk1F t(S Type of Inspection: S w R Addre : 1 -l77 M 1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 _/ 6_ 06 a �riii ` Requester: Phone No: `73 -(0)-U 1SP, INSPECTION NO. 1 lnspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431- Approved per applicable codes. Q Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1/13 4," ( - / -G PC../t'C' ylf 'Date: D 7410 J $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Pro. ( »/ #Pe g. Type f Inspection: , / ,v � e /f(,5" Addre �: a /7 7 /914// Date Called Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 - � Qm_ - ��j P.m. Requester: Phone No.:_ ...D D - 0/ 5 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 6079 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: rd 541t5 ctrl' Q ify Date' El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: Type of Inspection: 5u59. l�/� _'� /E J ;� � � "111 � Date Called: - Date Wanted: 7 �,0 Y p.m. Requester: t ,0 R(LoatO z"tA r .._ CCo f) Proje 1 1.a Type of Inspection: 5u59. .. f Address: ' J 7 7 Atli Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 �,0 Y p.m. Requester: Phone No: 5 660 o/S(v INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D07 - '/yo INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 El Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: - Date: n $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project-7 Z/77fier5 Type of Inspection: P /1-7/4/C, Address: 2 7 7 / 7 / Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 6,....._,08 a.m. c-scii Requester: Phone No 'Inspector* INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 1067--go PERMIT NO. 1 206)431-3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. A Corrections required prior to approval. COMME P r OA+ S4 04 \*' 4 /co s/ ‘ e lei or • r es&ccrigit clo 7 71t. cco/f b; Date: c1 El $6 I REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be ' at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. r eceipt No.: IDate: z-iAigoe04.044• Pro'e l}? ,,, / _ ICJ /fr Type oaf- Inspection: i , / /— ✓7 /9W // V t� rf3 77 m /77 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date wanted: Ce a Requester: Phone / O : /—y INSPEYION NO. PERMIT NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPE ION N0. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION f► 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 El Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: I1 r &A'- / ! 1 E'c> eitrGt SiVe -k ✓f;orr4 'e // - IY A , 1 ( Inspector: — (Date: / / / J $60.0018EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Projec t Type of Inspection: is Address: .2, 7 7 imal Date Called: = Special Instructions: Date Wanted: A 4 44 Requester: Phone No: .C7 I 440 drc INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION R- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431- El Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: C.orrLAor (KIN, eteM IA)f) If ', 'Inspector: El $60.0 paid a INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit IDate: %/) SPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be 300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: P07 - yy0 Proje • Type Address : r9 1 /77 /11 7 / Date Called: Special Instructions: Dagintedi — `•/ --- CL..0 Requester: Phone No . -‘GO - 6/ 5 Z INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 88 V- (206)431-3670 ID Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: COrr149f ad de/4415 it1 m'//' 0 Inspector: rate: /v/g LI $58.QfrEINSpECflON FEE REQUIRED. Prior to irtrpection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: del (`c Cgn a/c Type 0 Inspection: fe 0oyvs- fry Fl , Address: } Z L17 vII1 Date Called: X i - t- /1",, / 1 6i H r 1 4-. SS 007 syi e a i- 4 /1 76-, tS Phone No: 5 -73- ("10 --VI s C. Project:- c�C)t r & E tt Type 0 Inspection: fe 0oyvs- fry Fl , Address: } Z L17 vII1 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. ( -3 - Dr5 Requester: Phone No: 5 -73- ("10 --VI s C. D07gL INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION r- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: Date: a $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project: j vu 4 ft. / <--(( c 5 Sprinklers: Tyke of Insp Address: a c' "2 Suite #: 5. C . /' (- L Contact Person: Special Instructions: Permits: 4v <> N Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Cr Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: k Hood & Duct: 4) Monitor: (:7-i3A 2() ■ A M1J Pre -Fire: Permits: 4v <> N Occupancy Type: NN INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 F4 Approved per applicable codes. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 Lam- - y y v PERMIT NUMBERS 206 -575 -4407 ri Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: Date: ) /iwf 0 g Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: �Occ t y S Type of I spection: ' MeG-, SP S:I- At --r4 r _I w Address: ac 1 7 7 setA kCc x� �-�c- mil Suite #: Contact erson: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: 1 Permits: Occupancy Type: 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 COMMENTS: rv etit. -- ©I& S 0 c, aKL S A C/ 6v®k 1Jeedc -.4 Inspector: Date: -- 2//-2/ 6 8 . t Hrs.. r INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Approved per applicable codes. $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Do tIV Mo"7- ?5i - s -9:77 PERMIT NUMBERS n Corrections required prior to approval. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: '3'o tc 2 0 e. -.5 Type of Inspection: Cvu -eg._ Address: O ti - 7 Suite #: c .c. vV •a c- L.- Contact Person: C Special Instructions: Monitor: Phone No.! Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: k Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER 444 Andover Park East. Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 -Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT r2- S -a?9 PERMIT NUMBERS Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ak Cent) Q /t Inspector: "jk 5- y' Dater /` kg Hrs.: (q/ $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project Info Project Address Journey's Store .72789 Date 5/28/2008 4 1 '7 Westfield South Center aaa:— For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: 8c ingineers, Inc Applicant Address: 572o Reeder Rd, Shawnee, KS 66203 Applicant Phone: 913 - 262 -1772 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form copy P prnift Aloe RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 2 9 2008 PERMIT CENTER Revised July 2007 INCOMPLETE LTR# I REVISION N0. VO+LHO Project Info Project Address Journeys Store JT789 Date 5/28/2008 Westfield South Center #2305 For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: BC Engineers, Inc Applicant Address: 5720 Reeder Rd, Shawnee, KS 66203 Applicant Phone: 913 - 262 -1772 Project Description Stock ❑ Plans Included requirements. ❑ New Building ❑ Addition J Alteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 '• Area in ft Allowed x Area Sales Retail Sales 3.00 1200.0 3600.0 Stock Storage 0.50 1130.0 565.0 Bathroom Washroom/Other 0.80 70.0 56.0 ** From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 4221.0 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Stock A /Al - 4' Fluorescent Strip 22 34.0 748.0 Sales B - Track Mtd Wall Washer 19 49.0 931.0 Sales C - Track Mounted Spot 23 24.0 552.0 Sales D - Ceiling Feature 8 32.0 256.0 Sales R /R1 - 2x2 Grid Troffer 9 58.0 522.0 Sales K - 3' Fluorescent Strip 23 25.0 575.0 Sales M - Display Window (Exempt) 14 16.0 224.0 Sales N - Incandescent Pendant 4 60.0 240.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 4048.0 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Provosed Lighting Wattage Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts /Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations' 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/bars' 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retain", retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia", assembly spaces" 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 HoteVmotel 1.0 Warehouses'', storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference/exhibition hall 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries' 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: O Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers °Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other' and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Revised July 2007 BLE 15 -1 Unit Li Power Allowance (LPA Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W /ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w /ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. y ghting, Motor, 2008 Washington State Nonresidential and Transformer Permit Pla Plans ns Checklist . LTG -CHK Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Journey's Store JY789 'Date 5/28/2008 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations El yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch El n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations El vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans yes 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls El 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timerw/backup Indicate location n.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location n.a. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations n.a. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability)• Indicate size of zone on plans 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yes I 1514 (Max. watts 'Indicate watts for each exit sign I I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture El n.a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n.a. I 1511 lElec motor efficiency IMECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes I 1540 (Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency 1E1 I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: Project Info Project Address Journey's Store Jz789 Date 12/12/2007 Westfield South Center 82305 For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: BC Engineers, Inc Applicant Address: 5720 Reeder Rd, Shawnee, KS 66203 Applicant Phone: 913 -262 -1772 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Com • liance Form Project Summary PRJ -SUM FILE COPY REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE PEICVE JAN 2 5 2E03 , ity Of Tukwila E � LDI G DIVTSj2 Revised July 2007 INCOMPLETE LTR# RECEIVED JAN 04 2008 Q ' 7 H L 0 PERMIT CENTER Project Info Project Address Journey's Store J:789 Date 12/12/2007 Westfield South Center 112305 For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Applicant Name: BC Engineers, Inc Applicant Address: 5720 Reeder Rd, Shawnee, as 66203 Applicant Phone: 913 -262 -1772 Project Description ❑ Plans Included requirements. ❑ New Building ❑ Addition ./ Alteration Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning Compliance Option Q Prescriptive Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft Area in ft Allowed x Area Sales A/A1 - 4' fluorescent Strip Retail Sales 3.00 1200.0 3600.0 Stock 17 Storage 1.50 1130.0 1695.0 Bathroom 50.0 Washroom/Other 1.25 70.0 87.5 32.0 - From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 5382.5 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Stock A/A1 - 4' fluorescent Strip 22 58.0 1276.0 Sales B - Track Mtd Wall Washer 17 80.0 1360.0 Sales C - Track Mounted Spot 23 50.0 1150.0 Sales D - Ceiling feature 8 32.0 256.0 Sales R /Rl - 2x2 Grid Troffer 9 58.0 522.0 Sales K - 3' fluorescent Strip 23 25.0 575.0 Sales M - Display Window (Exempt) 8 Sales B/C - Track Display Window (Exempt) 10 Sales N - Incandescent Pendant 4 60.0 240.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 5379.0 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT Revised Jury 2007 Proposed Lighting Wattage Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T -8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. ECNVr JAN 04 2008 PERMIT CENTEI; Use' LPA` (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations' 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishment?, restaurants/bars' 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail' ", retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia", assembly spaces" 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel/motel 1.0 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference/exhibition hall'•` 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries' 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: O Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers °Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw - in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify.. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 TABLE 15 -1 Unit Litahtinq Power Allowance (LPA Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W /ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w /ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. � i 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access s nlQ 4 2008 of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. PERMIT CENTEFt Project Info Proj Addres. Journey ' 8 Store JT789 Date 12/12/2007 Westfield South Center 82305 For Building Department Use Tukwila, WA 98188 Name: BC Engineers, Inc Appl. Name 5720 Reeder Rd, Shawnee, ES 66203 Appl. Phone 913 -262 -1772 Project Description ❑ New ❑ Addition ❑Alteration Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis Building Grounds (luminaires > 100 Watts) ❑ Efficacy > 60 lumens/W ❑ Controlled by motion Sensor ❑ Exemption (list) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Non - Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Exterior Lighting Summary LTG -EXT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Non - Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Non - Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Proposed Watts may not exceed Allowed Watts for Category Total Allowed Watts Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -w'red ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Total Proposed Watts Revised July 2007 RFC V JAN 0 4 2008 PERMIT CENTE> Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas, building grounds, building entrances and exits, canopies and overhangs and outdoor sales areas may be traded.) 1 Uncovered Parking Areas Parking lots and drives 1 0.15 Wift Building Grounds Walkways less than 10 feet wide 1.0 W /linear foot Walkways 10 feet wide or greater Plaza areas Special feature areas 0.2W /ft Stairways 1.0 W /ft Building Entrances and Exits . Main entries 30 W /linear foot of door width Other doors 20 W /linear foot of door width Canopies and Overhangs Canopies (free standing and attached and overhangs) 1.25 W /ft Outdoor Sales Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) 0.5 W /ft Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to `open area" allowance 20 W/linear foot Non - Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the "Tradable Surfaces" section of this table.) Building Facades 0.2 W /ft for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0W /linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length Automated teller machines and night depositories 270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities 1.25 W/ft of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of "Tradable Surfaces ") Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles 0.5 W /ft of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of "Tradable Surfaces") Material handling and associated storage 0.5 W /ft Drive -up windows at fast food restaurants 400W per drive - through Parking near 24 -hour retail entrances 800 W per main entry 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Exterior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -EXT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms TABLE 15 -2 LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS Revised July 2007 RECTI JAN 04 200d PERMIT CENTS Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Journey's Store JT78 9 I Date 12/12/2007 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations El yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch El n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations El vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans yes 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls El 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timer w/backup Indicate location n.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location n.a. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations n.a. 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yes I 1514 'Max. watts ' 'Indicate watts for each exit sign I I LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes • 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture El n.a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n.a. I 1511 'Elec motor efficiency'MECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) yes I 1540 'Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency 1E1 I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: REC JAN 04 2008 PEPNIFT DENTE- Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall comply with this section. Where occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling- height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry/exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1513.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80 %. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant - sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting Is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by either: a. A combination of a photosensor and a time switch; or b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with Section 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated (e.g., 24 -hour convenience stores), or 2006 Washin ton State Nonresidential Ener Code Corn • liance Form Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK Revised July 2007 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall- mounted, manual switch capable of turning off lights when the space is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low - light) provided the control fails in the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off' feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. Is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1540 — TRANSFORMERS The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4 -2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distributrm Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP -1- 2002). JAN 04 2008 PERMIT CENTS Sincerely, Thom Toben 8010 State Line Rd, Suite 180 Leawood, KS 66208 l Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File No. D07 -440 fter City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director RE: INCOMPLETE LETTER #1— Revision #1 Development Permit Application Number D07 -440 Journey's — 2477 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Toben, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your revision to your development permit(s) can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. P:\Permit Center\Incomplete Letters \2007'DO7 -440 Incomplete Ltr #1 to Rev #1.DOC jem 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Determination of Completeness Memo Date: May 27, 2008 Project Name: Journey's Permit #: D07 -440 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Senior Plan Examiner The Building Division has deemed the subject permit application incomplete. To assist the applicant in expediting the Department plan review process, please forward the following comments. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The revised lighting budget has been filled out incorrectly. The allowed wattage for retail sales is 1.5 watts per sq. ft. The allowed wattage for storage areas is 0.5 watts per foot. Washrooms /other would be 0.8 watts per foot. 2. You listed two items as exempt in the display window area. There does not appear to be a wall between the display window and sales floor. Please show how these lights are exempt per footnote 10 or provide other justification used. The track lighting may qualify under an additional allowance of 1.5 watts per sq. ft. provided they comply with the second part of footnote 10, sections a,b, and c. Please provide wattages for these fixtures. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. 04 -04 -2008 THOM TOBEN 8010 STATE LINE RD STE 180 LEAWOOD KS 66208 RE: Permit Application No. D07 -440 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Dear Permit Applicant: In reviewing our current permit application files, it appears that your permit application applied for on 11/30/2007 , has not been issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Per the International Codes, Uniform Plumbing Code and/or the National Electrical Code, every permit application not issued within 180 days from the date of application shall expire by limitation and become null and void. Your permit application expires on 05/28/2008 . If you choose to pursue your project, a written request for extension of your application addressed to the Building Official, demonstrating justifiable cause, will need to be received at the Permit Center prior to your expiration date of 05/28/2008. If it is determined that an extension is granted, your application will be extended for an additional 90 days from the expiration date. In the event we do not receive your written request for extension, your permit application will become null and void and your project will require a new permit application, plans and specifications, and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, xc: er Marshall t Technician Permit File No. D07 -440 City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • January 15, 2008 Thom Toben 8010 State Line Rd, Ste 180 Leawood KS 66208 Dear Mr. Toben, Sincerely, ifer M. shall 't Technician end File No. D07 -440 City of Tukwila RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D07 -440 Journey's — 2477 Southcenter Mall PAPemtit Center\Correction Letters \2007007-440 Correction Ltr #1.DOC jem Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit(s) can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached memo. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 I Building Division Review Memo Date: January 10, 2008 Project Name: Journeys Permit #: D07- 440 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The detail 6/A3.0 for ceiling mounted luminous panels specify perforated metal on the isometric plan view and is also specified as corrugated fiberglass in the detail right of the plan detail view. Please clarify the material for the luminous panels. In addition, provide the manufacture specifications with fire classification/flame spread for the fiberglass panel material. 2. Relative to item 1) provide a detail that shows fire sprinklers or sprinkler coverage shall not be blocked by the luminous panels. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. December 5, 2007 Thom Toben 8010 State Line Rd Suite 180 Leawood KS 66208 Dear Mr. Toben, City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director RE: Letter of Incomplete Application # 1 Development Permit Application D07 -440 Journeys — 2477 Southcenter Mall This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on November 30, 2007 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the following items from the following department need to be addressed: Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433 -7163 if you have any questions concerning the following comment. 1. Please provide a Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code lighting summary with current 2006 compliance form. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, "L -1L() 4tA 4 J 11/ Bill Rambo Permit Technician Enclosures File: D07 -440 P:\Permit Center\Incomplete Letters\2007\D07 -440 Incomplete Ltr #1.DOC wer Steven M. Mullet, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 16 November 2007 Tukwila Building Division/Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Bl, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant Acknowledgment Letter Tenant improvement permit for Journeys, Space 2305, Tukwila Permit No. - 2--i2-1O is issued subject to the following condition: Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy (i.e. Open for Business) for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06 -147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. This condition is hereby acknowledged by: Title': U-ce f t R'NAac t re4SJ Tenant Name: —4 de 1 Note that the letter is to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant (ie business manager, business president, vice president, CEO etc). The contractor, contact person for the project nor the architect will not be acceptable. 4140 .tom C: QE D NOV 3 0 2007 LisOin CENTE HERMIT COORD COPY �. PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -440 DATE: 05 -29 -08 PROJECT NAME: JOURNEY'S SITE ADDRESS: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: ; Bui n>; "L51i4ision bl�i Works /n_ (p Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Ei Incomplete ❑ Commen TUES/THURS ROUT NG: Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS R CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 n ❑ Permit Coordinator n Planning Division DUE DATE: 06-03-08 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ❑ No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 07-01-08 Approved Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -440 DATE: 05 -22 -08 PROJECT NAME: JOURNEYS SITE ADDRESS: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP DEPARTMENT ,� prim Bi dingD Iv i lo r Prevention Public Works 111 Structural ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 05 -27 -08 Complete Incomplete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: 6 `2 LETTER OF COMPLETENES Departments determined incomplete: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 ntsf,, Planning Division 1K Permit Coordinator Not Applicable TUES/THURS RC ''TING: Please Route L Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 06 -24 -08 DATE: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -440 PROJECT NAME: JOURNEY'S SITE ADDRESS: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DATE: 01 -18 -08 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DE ARTMENTS: Public Works ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: C, 'vision COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Incomplete n ❑ Planning Division C [-] DUE DATE: 01-22-08 Not Applicable ❑ Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUT G: Please Route NI Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 02-19-08 Not Approved (attach comments) T DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -440 DATE: 01 -04 -08 PROJECT NAME: JOURNEYS SITE ADDRESS: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # X Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPART ENTS: ✓ �,� g Public Works in PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Fire Prevention ❑ Planning Division Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 01 -08 -08 Complete d Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 02 -05 -08 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ( APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only �( CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 01i tc I if Departments issued corrections: Bldg X Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 ACTIVITY NUMBER: D07 -440 DATE: 11 -30 -07 PROJECT NAME: JOURNEYS SITE ADDRESS: 2477 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: [vision Public Works Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Approved Notation: Documents/routing slip.doc 2.28 -02 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP E Incomplete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: !)-- -0 7 LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg' Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved with Conditions 611 cl1NC' 1 4-191 Fire Prevention X Me3 totA. Planning ivision Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 12 -04 -07 Not Applicable C DUE DATE: 01 -01 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS .tr s a.� I 4� Summa vision: C1\c S ic, 4 , q r o aaS doo rs i-a ,'o -,,,,0 H of T Received by: f� B -o REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: 0 PROJECT NAME: PERMIT NO: a 1 -''l L{ 0 SITE ADDRESS: , A 11 so.) cevA yv tAmil ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: S- IS -08 REVISION LOG (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, eta Date: Plan Check/Permit Number: [V]' Response to Incomplete Letter # f i4 I/ � ❑ Response to Correction Letter 11 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: .Jour ti e y's Project Address: c •97 7 60 u iAce•) iP.r- // 9/3 - 61 6 Contact Person: 7174.7,,-, Phone Number: Summary of Revision: (/'S e iS ZDO ‘.. 4.) A- rs �gti er�e. 4 4,r, C t tee,: 6 .._.e L.' CSC h e l e !_ - / ge4 A .-j no ie_6 , /24t 0 - Z Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: I# Entered in Permits Plus on .t21 I \applicationslfonm- applications on line revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 o.v:r.a• r City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwilawa.us 707 -4"10 Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED CITv OF TUKWILA MAY 2 9 2008 PERMIT CENTER Date: 2z_Ar City of Tukwila Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Q" Revision # / after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: ._1 D Li r i, e 5 Project Address: 4 / 7 7 Sn i ,/-h �., `! 1� // Contact Person: /774 . �ci ,' ce-v--.0.(..._ Phone Number: • Srd L — 47 / Summary of Revision: Pf!// S °e S X?/7 T e (i •77 i , o j f SS ("7/e. f Pi sa // '' N(" ■P ♦ /1 e_ Sheet Number(s): Os A I. C I I.1 Al. 2 / /. 3 I? /, f/ 1144, A 2.a A 2. /, A.2 42 -� "Cloud" or highlight all of tevision including (late of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on Jr' -�-'�� lapplications\forms-applications on lme\evision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Plan Check/Permit Number: 2Q 7 - '16 Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED CITY OF TI 1KWJLq MAY 2 2 2008 �FC.r� CENTER City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwilawa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mai4 fad etc. Date: `/1 r D Plan Check/Permit Number: ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter II Er Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Verii r n e Y 's 4, f So zr7A c ep --rte Project Address: e if 7 7 u zee -rV r- 19 i .c b r - LD,4 9 e/ re Contact Person: arr, h Phone Number: q/, — 6 4 (1 -- ea 4, Summary of Revision: Pa A 3 , Sheet Number(s): 3 . "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on 4pplications1forms- applications on line revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director D 7 - `L Cr4,„, JAN 18 20 PEflMiT CENTER City of Tukwila Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: [I — 13 7 Plan Check/Permit Number: D07 -440 ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Journeys Project Address: 2477 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: Thom Toben Phone Number: "l rs (o -( 9 - (p 03 Summary of Revision: 2' O -k i, si cl.e v +r et Coe <«In +,,.� suw.wk A E,tvell mlT r*FNTEq Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including da revisi Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: "Ct/IAJ (Entered in Permits Plus on 1 g \applications\forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director RECEIVED CITY OF TIUKWILA 1JAN I - 2Q08 Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 / Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 / Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 / Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 Non-Residential DOT- 1- 140 Sewer Use Certification Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for (Please print or type) Owner's Name " I �t�U cl /J/i �I 1 (Last, First, addle Initial) Property Tax ID # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) SA2, Subdivision Name Lot # Party's Mailing Address: Subdiv. # Block # Building Name (if applicable) Glia Fl6c O gbAiik C Property Street Address C. 3 3 gZ IA f't. c6 zqz.. City, State, ZIP --r'LlKW' 4 , 6 4), Yf /Pf Side Sewer Permit # Owner's Phone Number ( b/‘ ) 3 ,1 107' 3 or Property Contact Phone # ( ) Owner's Mailing Address (if different from above) Demolition of pre- existing building? 0 Yes kilo /4s / "a( ) /3 (Ad gAa II60/ Type of building demolished 44 sv trlf /) /w i 37Z/7 A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units _ For,i..ng ppont onthly: Rai;:::::::. 1058 (Rev. 1/03) 20 2 3 aS Total Fixture Units RCE White — King County " �, }►, Department of Natural Resources and Parks King County (To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect.) new sewer customers. The charge is collected semi - annually. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at (206) 684 -1740. City or Sewer District ��IC W Date of Connection Sewer disconnect date /TA B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B +/,c" .ls Signature of 0 Represe RCE Date / / / /d �o� Yellow — Local Sewer Agency Pink — Sewer Customer Print Name of Owner / Representative -7Y / ? —di RCE NOV 3 0 2007 I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for determination of a revised capacity charge. License Information License ELDERJI1590Q Licensee Name ELDER JONES INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 600592836 Ind. Ins. Account Id Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 1120 E 80TH ST Address 2 City BLOOMINGTON County OUT OF STATE State MN Zip 55420 Phone 8003286907 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 9/18/1985 Expiration Date 1/11/2009 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License Next License Associated License Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date ELDER, JOHN S 01/01/1980 GOODERMONT, DAVID 01/01/1980 Look Up a Contractor, Electrici — or Plumber License Detail Page 1 of 3 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L&I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Bond Information Bond #8 Bond Company Name WESTERN SURETY CO Bond Account Number 69564459 Effective Date 07/31/2003 Expiration Date Until Cancelled Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount $12,000.00 Received Date 08/18/2003 VIGILANT Until https: // fortress. wa. gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= ELDERJI1590Q 05/15/2008 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD #IOO TUKWILA, WA ci81a8 CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WA c18188 PH: 206575.4404 EMAIL: tukfdadm ©ci.tuk.wila.wa.us 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEWINA STATE ADMEND 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 1.-4/WA STATE ADMEND 2006 INTERNATION PLUMBING CODE w/ WA STATE ADMEND 2005 NATIONAL ELECT CODE w/ WA STATE ADMEND 2006 WASHINGTON NON RESIDENTAL ENERGY CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE w/ WA STATE ADMEND ACCESSIBILITY: CH 11 IEsC INCLUDING ANSI A117.1 - 2003 USE GROUP: MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: IIB UNPROTECTED, NON COMBUSTABLE - UNPROTECTED - FULL SPRINKLERED PROJECT /LEASE AREA: 2345 SQUARE FEET RETAIL SALES AREA STOCK 8 SUPPORT AREA TOTAL PROJECT AREA TENANT IMPROVEMENT TO EXISTING RETAIL SHELL SPACE WITHIN A COVERED INTERIOR RETAIL MALL. IMPROVEMENTS ARE NEW CONSTRUCTION WITHIN A FIRST GENERATION SPACE AS INDICATED ON THESE PLANS. STRUCTURAL ISSUES ARE A NON - FACTOR, AS NO STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS ARE PROPOSED UNDER THIS SUBMITTAL FOR BUILDING PERMIT. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH IBG 2005, CHAPTER 8 AND TABLE x03.5 JOURNEYS 15 A LEADER IN THE TEENAGE RETAIL MARKET WITH MORE THAN 750 STORES. JOURNEYS SELLS A WIDE SELECTION OF FOOTWEAR WHICH INCLUDE DIESEL, CONVERSE, PUMA, ETNIES AND ADIDAS. STORE SELLS ACCOMPANINING ITEMS TO FOOT WEAR SUCH AS SOCKS AND FOOT WARE CARE PRODUCTS. TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF COVERED MALL RETAIL SHELL SPACE FOR: JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 WESTFIELD CORPORATION TENANT COORDINATION - SOUTHGENTER 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD 14th FLOOR LOS ANGELES, CA c1OO25 GONTACT: JOSH KIMMEL TENANT COORINATOR PH: 310.883.4761 EMAIL: Jkimmelawestfteld.com REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees • VICINITY PLAN 1415 MURFREESBORO RD, SUITE 536 NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE 37217 CONTACT: HENRY MGGUFFFY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PH: 615.367.7003 FAX: 615.367.7845 E -MAIL: hmcguffeyegenesco.com NO UNAUTHORIZED VISITS TO SITE, OCCUPIED OR UNOCCUPIED, BY THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE PERMITTED PRIOR TO START OF WORK. RELATED DOCUMENTS: THIS DRAWING 15 A SINGLE PART OF AN INTEGRATED SET OF GONSTRUGTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (DIVISION I OF THE SPECIFICATIONS), APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF DIVISION 2 THRU DIVISION 16 SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DRAWINGS MAY APPLY TO THE WORK DESCRIBED ON HIS DRAWING. FAILURE TO REVIEW ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUB CONTRACTORS FROM PROVIDING A COMPLETE PROJECT. CALCULATE AND MEASURE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS. 00 NOT SCALE TI-4E DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED TO DO 50 BY THE ARCHITECT. APPLICATION OF A MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT ITEM TO WORK INSTALLED BY OTHERS CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF THAT WORK AND ASSUMPTION OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR SATISFACTORY INSTALLATION. DIMENSIONS ARE TO FINISHED FACE OF MATERIAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. THIS SPACE 15 CURRENTLY PROVIDED WITH AN AUTOMATIC WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. THE FIRE PROTECTION GONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL DESIGN, PROVIDING A NEW LAYOUT, AND ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM FOR THE PROPOSED TENANT FINISH OF THIS SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE ALL NEEDED DRAWINGS AND HAVE APPROVAL OF ALL STATE, LOCAL & INSURANCE UNDERWRITING AUTHORITIES AS WELL AS MEETING ALL N.F.PA. 13 REQUIREMENTS. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED Si' FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR, INSPECTED AND APPROVED SY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. CONSULT WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXACT EXISTING CONDITIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, FOR LOCATION, CONNECTION POINT, SIZE, TYPE, ETC. PROVIDE SIGNED AND SEALED DRAWINGS SIZE, TYPE, ETC. PROVIDE SIGNED AND SEALED DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITY. DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER EMPLOYED BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR, WHO 15 IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THIS WORK. SPRINKLER HEADS IN PUBLIC VIEWABLE CEILINGS MUST BE OF AN APPROVED CONGEALED TYPE. SURFACE MOUNTED HEADS ARE PERMITTED IN AREAS NOT VISIBLE TG CUSTOMER. BEFORE SUBMITTING BID PROPOSALS FOR THE WORK IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, EACH BIDDER SHALL EXAMINE THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES W/ ALL EX'G CONDITIONS. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF A MISUNDERSTANDING AS TO THE AMOUNT OF WORK INVOLVED OR LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. IN CASE OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS, THE MOST STRINGENT NOTE OR CONDITION SHALL APPLY AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR (TOG), THEIR SUPERVISOR. AND /OR SUB GONTRAGTOR(S) TO GUARANTEE THE SAFETY OF ALL MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND FIXTURING OF THE PROJECT. THIS INCLUDES, BUT 15 NOT LIMITED TO COMPLETE CHECK OF ALL ITEMS Rr( rIVFr7 AND NOTIFICATION WITHIN 24 HOURS OF ANY SHORTAGES OR DAMAGES, A') WI LI Ar, SECURITY FROM L055 OR DAMAGE AFTER RECEIPT. ALL SHORTAGES ANI) /Oki DAMAGES NOT REPORTED TO THE OWNER OR FIXTURING CONTRACTOR WITHIN SAID 48 HOURS WILL BE REPLACED WITH IDENTICAL QUALITY MATERIAL AT fHl `COI F. EXPENSE OF THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR, I If 1 [) VERIFY Al. L. DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE TENANT'S (7F CONTRACTOR SHALL. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARGHITEGT AND OWNER OF ANY EX'S CONDITIONS WHICH DO NOT CORRESPOND TO THE DRAWINGS. ALL WORK SHALL MEE r OR EXCEED STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL BUILDING GODES AND ALL LANDLORDS PRE - APPROVED CRITERIA AND SPECIFICATIONS. ALI LUMBER USED '10 BE FIRE RETARDANT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WOOD BLOCKING, FURRING, AND PLYWOOD. FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT FOR FINISH WOOD SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE SPECIFIED FINISH. NO TOXIC OR COMBUSTIBLE= MATERIALS TO BE USED ABOVE THE FINISH CEILING LINE. ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED BY THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR A PERIOD OF (I) ONE YEAR. TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE A MINIMUM OF (I) QUART, MAXIMUM OF (I) GALLON, OF TOUCHUP PAINT OF ALL TYPES AND COLORS USED IN THE STORE WITH THE STORE MANAGER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FINISHES, TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CERTIFICATION AS TO THE FLAME SPREAD RATINGS OF ALL INTERIOR FINISHES AS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR THEIR RECORD OR APPROVAL. LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTORS: Permit No. PACIFIC RAINIER ROOFING, ING ATTN: MONTY 10135 STONE AVENUE NORTH SEATTLE, WA '18133 PH: 206.361.2525 FAX: 206.363.481 I EMAIL: pacranroof000l.com GUARDIAN SECURITY - BOB VEZZANI 8435 PROVOST ROAD NW SILVERDALE, WA 88383 PH: 360.6 (12.3738 FAX: 360.6 12.6551 EMAIL: bvezzanl @guardlansecurlty.com GOSGO FIRE PROTECTION PATRICK CARNAHAN 15000 WOODINVILLE-REDMOND ROAD SUITE B -BOO WOODINVILLE, WA 18012 PH: 425.686.6313 FAX: 425.82 - 1.4"184 EMAIL: pcarnahanocoscofire.com WESTERN STATES FIRE PROTECTION GO WES HAMILTON 7102 ISOth AVENUE NE SUITE A -105 REDMOND, WA '18052 PH: 425.881.0100 FAX: 425.881.3030 EMAIL: weston.hamiltonOwsfp.us GROWN FIRE PROTECTION ING JOHN ABEL 4 '132 WEST INTERURBAN BLVD BOTHELL, WA gSOI2 PH: 425.461. FAX: 425.481.86115 EMAIL: JabeI@ rownfp.com Plar review approval is subject to errors and om!. Approval of construction documents does not ail the violation of any adopted code or ordinance.. F of approved Fie! Co and , clili is a PATRIOT FIRE PROTECTION - MARK FROMONG 2702 "10th AVENUE EAST TACOMA, WA 118424 PH: 253.284.3535 FAX: 253.'122 6150 EMAIL: markf @patriotfire.com BG ENGINEERS, ING 5120 REEDER SHAWNEE, KS 66203 CONTACT: RICH CURRY PROJECT ENGINEER g13.262.IT12 ❑ Mechanical ❑ Electrical ❑ Plumbing ❑ Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVSK.N. NO:LL 007- Po le PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ® PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN EMAIL: tltoben @st2d.com 1 STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. My reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio 72 Design ® DRAWING INDEX NO. DRAWING TITLE CS A1.0 A1.1 A1.2 A1.3 A1.4 A1.5 A1.6 A2.0 A2.1 A2.2 A2.3 A2.4 A3.0 A3.1 81.1 SP1 SP3 ME1 SIcn3 riZeMP2 iptE1 TC1.0 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX 913648.7111 5055 COVER SHEET W/ KEY PLAN FLOOR PLAN AND KEYNOTES CLG PLAN, KEY NOTES, FINISHES CASEWRK PLAN, EQUIP NOTES EXITING PLAN MISCELLANOUS DETAILS MISCELLANOUS DETAILS MISC DETAILS AND SCHEDULES INTERIOR ELEVATIONS STRFRT SECTIONS TION, SIGNAGE STRFRT DETAILS STRFRT DETAILS DETAILS AND SECTIONS CASEWORK DETAILS STRUCTURAL SHELVING DETAILS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS MPE SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL PLUMBING PLAN AND KEYNOTES MECHANICAL PLUMBING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER PLANS AND KEYNOTES ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS AND KEYNOTES COMMUNICATIONS ■ REGISTRATION JAMES LICHTY, ARCHITECT I HEREBY CERTIFY that these drawings were prepared under my direct supervision and that I am a duly registered ARCHITECT under the laws of: STATE: WASHINGTON SEAL NUMBER .5W DATE: REG' . T'. ED Jam =s A. Lichty State t Washington ® REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION 1 ERR NMI STOREFRONT REV RECEIVED MAY 22 2008 PERMIT CENTER DATE 4/16/08 ® DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ® DRAWING TITLE COVER SHEET ® DRAWING NUMBER C� • lEIEENIIIMMENEl PARTITION TYPES: O STOCK ROOM PARTITION (THRU CEILING): 3 -5/8" 25 GA MTL STUDS AT 16" OG MAX IN/ I- LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD EACH SIDE. EXTEND STUDS TO STRUCTURE BRACE 4' -O" OG MAX TO STRUCTURE EXTEND GYP BOARD TO 6" ABOVE GLG ON SALES SIDE OF WALL AND TO STRUGTURE ON STOCK ROOM SIDE OF WALL - RE: I /Al ,4 • STORE FRONT PARTITION: 6" 20 GA MTL STUDS AT W' OG MAX IN/ I -LAYER 5 /8" TYPE X GYP BD OUTER SIDE. EXTEND STUDS TO MALL STRUCTURE 1N/STANDARD PORCELAIN TILE GOVERIN& ALL SIDES - RE: DETAIL I $ 3/A23 O FURRING PARTITION (THRU CEILING): 6" 25 GA MTL STUDS AT I6" OG MAX IN/ I -LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD OUTER SIDE. EXTEND STUDS TO 12" ABOVE GEILING 4 BRACE TO STRUCTURE. EXTEND GYP BD TO 4" ABOVE GEILING TOILET ROOM PARTITION: 3 -5/8" 25 GA MTL STUDS AT I6" OG MAX W/ I -LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD EACH SIDE. EXTEND STUDS TO 10' AND BRACE AS REQUIRED - TYP X GYPSD GEILING AT 8' -0" AFF - INSTALL 3 -I /2" FG BATT INSULATION WITHIN WALL TO S' -O" - RE: 1/AI.4 ENTRY VESTIBULE PARTITION: 6" 25 GA MTL STUDS AT I6" OG MAX W/ I -LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD EACH SIDE. REFER TO SECTION 2/A1.6 - ENTRY 15 WITHIN I HR DEMISING WALL AND SHALL HAVE SAME RATING Q LEASEHOLD DEMISING WALL PARTITION: I NEW LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD (TENANT SIDE) TO STRUCTURE ABOVE ON EXISTING MTL STUDS PROVIDED BY LANDLORD. TAPE AND SEAL TO STRUCTURE ABOVE TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF I -HR FIRE RATING - 2 /AI.4 LEASEHOLD COMMON TENANT DEMISING WALL PARTITION: I NEW LAYER 5/8" TYPE X GYP BD (TENANT SIDE) TO 6" BELOW ALL BUILDING ELEMENTS FOR PLENUM AIR RETURN - 5 /AI.4 PARTITION NOTES PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BL WITHIN PARTITIONS FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: WALL MOUNTED GOAT RACK WALL MOUNTED TOILET LAVATORIES GRAB BARS IN TOILETS WALL MOUNTED STORAGE SHELVES FIRE EXTINGUISHER AGGESSORI ES PROVIDE (OR INSTALL ITEMS FURNISHED BY OTHERS WHEN NOTED) THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES IN RESTROOM AND WHERE LOCATED HEREIN OR ON THE DRAWINGS MIRROR AT LAVATORY IN RESTROOM (GFG SOAP DISPENSER: (GFGI) GOAT HOOK: ON RESTROOM DOOR ® 5' -0" AFF (GFGI) TOWEL DISPENSER: (GFGI) TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER (GFGI) GRAB BARS (GFGI) WASTE RECEPTACLE: (OFGI) FIRE EXTINGUISHER (GFGI) GENERAL NOTES I. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES TO BE GLASS 2 OR BETTER 2. ALL INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FINISH FACE TO FINISHED FACE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 3. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE MUST BE PRESSURE TREATED MO ISTURE RESISTANT V100D 4. ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION FAG ING INTERIOR OF RESTROOMS MUST UTILIZE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD 5. PROVIDE AND INSTALL OCCUPANCY SIGN IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE $ LOCAL GODES AND APPROVED BY OWNER FOR DESIGN 6. PROVIDE 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN ALL AREAS WHERE THERE 15 WALL MOUNTED SHELVING OR EQUIPMENT. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED PER APPLICABLE CODES AND SHALL COORD INATE LOCATION WITH FIRE MARSHALL 8. ALL DOORS TO BE KEYLESS IN DIRECTION OF EMERGENCY EGRESS AND SHALL REQUIRE NO SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR TOOLS TO OPERATE. q. GEILING TILES TO BE CENTERED BOTH WAYS IN ALL AREAS REFER TO GEILING PLAN FOR LAYOUT FINISH NOTES I. WALL FINISHES OF PUBLIC SALES AREA: REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, DRAWING A2.O 2. GEILING FINISHES: RE: REFLECTED GLG PLAN, DRAWING AI.I 3. LIGHTING LAYOUT: RE: REFLECTED CLG PLAN, DRAWING AI.I AND ELECTRICAL PLANS 4. MATERIAL/PRODUCT COLOR SELECTIONS RE: STANDARD MATERIAL /COLOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET AI.I 5. TYPICAL STOCK ROOM FLOOR FINISH: PAINTED CONCRETE (PT *I 6. TYPICAL RESTROOM FLOOR FINISH: QUARRY TILE QUARRY TILE NOTE: WATERPROOF MEMBRANE: INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE TO FORM SEAMLESS MEMBRANE OVER ENTIRE FLOOR AREA AND 6" UP WALL. GC TO VERIFY WITH MALL AUTHORITY ACCEPTABILITY OF PROPOSED FLOOR MEMBRANE OR ONE REQUIRED BY MALL. 1. TYPICAL PUBLIC AREA FLOOR FINISHES: PORCELAIN TILE PER PLANS - PROVIDE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TRANSITION AT JUNCTION OF TENANT TILE AND MALL GOMMON FLOORING SURFACE MATERIAL 8. WALL FINISH @ TOILET ROOMS: WHITE FRP PANELS TO 48" ON WALLS AT TOILET AND LAV - RE: ELEVATIONS WHITE SEMI -GLOSS ENAMEL ON REMAINING WALLS AND GEILING q. DOOR FINISHES: SEMI -GLOSS WHITE PAINT ON RESTROOM DOOR AND FRAME 10. SUPPORT ROOM CORRIDOR DOOR AND FRAMES: PAINT DOOR TO MALL STANDARD CORRIDOR SIDE COLOR AS REQUIRED DEMOLITION NOTE GORE ELEVATED SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL PLUMBING - CONSULT WITH MALL AUTHORITY PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS PRIOR TO GORING OF EXISTING ELEVATED SLAB KEYNOTES N OVERHEAD GO ILING GRILL AND SUPPORT COLUMNS (OFOI) REFER TO DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS SECTION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - E TR A LY PO D G • - 2/ - .23 6 S 16 la 20 121A1 Ea 2q 30 36 RESTROOM DOOR 4 FRAME (GFGI): 3'- 0" W x T -0" H x 1 -3/4" PAINT GRADE SG WD HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE DR 4 HM FRAME W/ HARDWARE SET #B. UNDERCUT DOOR I" TO PROVIDE AIR INFILTRATION AND MOVEMENT SERVICE CORRIDOR DOOR 4 FRAME (GFGI): 3' - 0" W x 7 0" H x I -3/4" HM DR $ HARDWARE SET # G DECAL (GFGI) ABOVE IN/ I "H LETTERS ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND READING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" ALUMINUM TRANS STRIP FROM PORCELAIN TILE FLOORING TO PAINTED CONCRETE. MEET ALL ADA TRANSITION REQUIREMENTS RE: DETAIL 3 /AI MARBLE TRANS STRIP FROM QUARRY TILE FLOORING TO BARE CONCRETE. MEET ALL ADA TRANSITION REQUIREMENTS - 4 /AI PROVIDE SMOOTH AND LEVEL TRANSITION FROM TENANT TILE TO MALL COMMON FLOORING SURFACE - GOORD INATE REQUIRED TRANSITION STRIP WITH MALL OPERATIONS AS REQUIRED - RE: 2/A1.0 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS AND ANODIZED ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY GLASS SUBGONTRAGTOR: STYLMARK FINISH #210 BRUSHED NATURAL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM. GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY BOTTOM RAIL, TOP U RAIL, SIDELIGHT RAILS, SETTING BLOCKS, GLASS CLIPS AND ALL RUBBER GASKETING. TEMPERED 1/2" GLASS AND INSTALLATION OF ENTIRE SYSTEM TO BE BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. ALL EDGES OF GLASS TO BE CHAMFERED AND POLISHED - MAX GAP AT BUTT EDGES TO BE I /4" -- NO SILICONE AT JOINTS BRITE BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL OVER 5/8" FRT PLYWOOD OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYP BIRD. TILE, STRUCTURE, GYPBOARD BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. RE: A23 3/4" x 3/4" BLACK ANODIZED ALUMINUM REVEAL AS PER MALL CRITERIA STANDARDS. EXISTING MALL NEUTRAL PIER. FINISH AND TRIM AS PER MALL STANDARDS. INTERIOR ILLUMINATED "JOURNEYS" SIGNAGE - RE: 3/A2.1 NO WEEP HOLES 4 NO MFG LABELS ALLOWED (OFC JOURNEYS SI&NAGE MFG TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL SIGN ELECTRICAL PANEL(S) 1N/BREAKER. (GFGI) - PANELS AND BREAKER BOXES TO BE MOUNTED TO 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD PAINT PLYWOOD SG #2 PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF BOXES - RE: ELECTRIGAL DRAWINGS ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER (GFGUTO RE: ELECTRICAL DWGS TELEPHONE BACKER BD: 24" x 48" HT x 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD (GFGI) - INSTALL 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR - RUN 48" DIMENSION IN VERTICAL DIREGTION TELEPHONE BACKER BD: 24" x 24" HT x 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD (GFGI) - INSTALL BOTTOM AT qq" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR - INSTALL ABOVE ITEM #2I - LABEL BOARD "FOR FUTURE USE OF PERSISTENT CONNECTION" GC TO INSTALL 4" WIDE SAFETY YELLOW FLOOR STRIPING 36" MIN FROM FACE OF ELECTRICAL PANEL ON FLOOR TO SHOW "NO STORAGE ZONE" - REFER TO PLANS IAI DOOR BELL BUTTON tg 42" AFF (GFGI) - RE: ELECT DINGS 24 DOOR BELL UNIT ® 84" AFF (GFG - RE: ELECT DINGS ELECTRICAL OUTLETS (2). ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL 4 FLEX OUTLET BOX FOR SECURITY /STEREO SYSTEMS AT 54" AFF. INSTALL I" CONDU FROM DATA BOX TO ABOVE GEILING FOR GAOLING ELECTRICAL FLOOR POWER STUD FOR 4 PLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLETS TO BE MOUNTED IN GASH WRAP BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RE: I $ 2/A3.I COMMUNICATIONS FLOOR POWER STUB FOR PHONE/DATA LINES TO GASH REGISTER/CREDIT CARD/PHONE (GFGI) - OWNER SHALL PROVIDE SERVICE AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR TO INSTALL CATS GABLES FROM PHONE BOARD TO CASH WRAP. REFER TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS SCHEMATIC ON SHEET TGI AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAM - 12 /A3.I GEILING MOUNTED MONITOR (GFG I): 42" PANASONIC PLASMA (OR APPROVED EQUAL). RE: S /AI.4 FOR MOUNTING METHOD AND HEIGHT. GEILING MOUNTED PANEL (GFGI): &XS' LUMINOUS PANELS SUSPENDED BELOW GEILING IN RANDOM PATTERN AS INDICATED - ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL PANELS AT ANGLES VARYING FROM HORIZONTAL BETWEEN II -0" AFF AND II' -6" AFF - RE: 6/A3.0 WALL MOUNTED STEREO SPEAKER (OFC I): GC TO INSTALL YAMAHA NS -AWI (BLACK) SPEAKERS BY GENESGO. GC TO PROVIDE SPEAKER WIRING BACK TO STEREO CABINET. RE: TGI ELECTRICAL 4 -PLEX OUTLET TO SIDE OF PHONE PANEL (ITEM #2I) AT 60" AFF FOR TENANT DATA SYSTEM. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. FLUSH MOUNTED GEILING ACCESS PANELS (GFG I): CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE AND INSTALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED IN ALL HARD SURFACE GEILING FOR ACCESS TO MECHANICAL UNITS, VALVES AND MAINTENANCE ITEMS AS REQUIRED. PAINT PT #3 TO MATCH GEILING. ELECTRICAL DUPLEX AT I8" AFF TO THE REAR OF WALL DISPLAYS - OUTLET AT EVERY OTHER DISPLAY - RE: ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL DUPLEX GEILING MOUNTED ABOVE WINDOW DISPLAYS - OUTLET AT EVERY OTHER DISPLAY - RE: ELECTRICAL WATER HEATER (GFG I): ON PLATFORM ABOVE MOP SINK PROVIDE SEGURITY STRAPPING TO BLOCKING IN WALL - PIPING TO MOP SINK FROM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 4 DRIP PAN - I /AI.5 - RE: PLUMBING DRAWINGS WATER HEATER PLATFORM (GFGI): TWO LAYERS 1/2" GEMENT BOARD ® 6 -0 "AFF ON 6" x 20 GA METAL JOISTS ® I2" OG MAX BEARING ON STRUCTURAL STUDS BELOW - RE: 2 /A15 I �"I 43 MOP SINK JAI/FAUCET HOSENAGUUM BREAKER (GFGI) 4 MOP RACK (GFGI). SEAL JOINT ® WALL 4 FLOOR FIN ALL AROUND. RE: I /A1.5 FLOOR DRAIN AND GLEAN OUT - RE PLUMBING DRAW NGS GRAB BAR ® TOILET - RE: 36" MIN LENGTH TO REAR OF TOILET AND 48" MIN LENGTH TO SIDE OF TOILET - 18" MIN LENGTH VERTICAL. MAXIMUM I -1/2" SPACING FROM WALL SECURE TO BLOCKING IN WALL. RE: 5/A2.0 MIRROR (GFG I), PAPER TOWEL DISF' (GFGI), SOAP D I SP 4 WASTE RECPT (GFG ® WALL MTD HAND SINK PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR ALL ITEMS WITHIN WALL WALL MOUNTED BROOM RACK (CFO!) PROVIDE RUBBERMAID #Igg3 AND MOUNT TO BLOCKING - I /AI.5 FIRE EXTINGUISHER (GFGI): 4A -6015G - 1 LB DRY -GHEM TYPE W/ WALL MOUNT BRACKET (60" MAX HT TO TOP) - PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING - EXTINGUISHER SHALL BE IN GOMPLIANGE WITH NFPA 10 AND SHALL BE DISTRIBUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPENDIX E CORNER GUARD TO 6'- 0" AFF - SILICONE SEAL ALL EDGES OF CORNER GUARD TO ADJACENT SURFACE. (GFGI). RE: g4 10/A1 .4 WATER TIGHT AT RESTROOM MARBLE TRANSITITION STRIP AT QTF -I TO EXISTING CONG. FLOOR PER ADA REGULATIONS GONG FLOOR 4 QUARRY TILE O CONCRETE DETAI SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS CERAMIC - MALL TILE SCALE: NTS LEVEL EXISTING SUBFLOOR AS REQUIRED ALUMINUM TRANSITITION STRIP AT PT TO EXISTING GONG PER ADA REGULATION 45.2 f'V 1:2 MAX SLOPE QUARRY TILE (QTF -I) N -56 SHADOW FLASH LATIGRETE # STERLING SILVER PORCELAIN TILE CROSSVILLE TILE LEVEL EXISTING SUBFLOOR AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION AT TILE JOINTS PORCELAIN TILE TO CONCRETE PORGELIN STONE TILE CROSSVILLE TILE au 1/8" X I" ZING GOATED "L" TRIM EDGE LEVEL EXISTING SUBFLOOR AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH TRANSITION AT TILE JOINTS PORCELAIN TILE TO MALo TI_E 1 1 0 l� N 11 ARC EXISTING COLUMN E STIN 13 r ADA GLEARANGEL EXISTING COLUMN 33 33 33 12 SCALE: I/4 " =1' -0" 23 COLUMN 1 I5 r 0 20 ?I /II /IIWZ 3 4'-6 I/4• 22 q' -lo 7 /a' 1'- q'_4 V4' 1 I/2' ALL 51DE5 u 12-2 1 /s' 1 CONCRETE I PT#Io J STILE #2 STOCK ROOM RM # 102 I'-4 IEGTURA_ FLOOR PAN to u, -4 ti m -0• .. m IN S N E PLAN DIRECTION 4 /A2.O I /A2.O SALES AREA RM# 101 3"I 24 4 1/3" 2-0' 41/3" 36 O X • 46 46 43 RESTROOM RM # 103 6 45 TILE #2\,CONCRETE PT#I O 0 'P4L-76 RE_ SHEET A2.O FOR WALL PAINT COLORS IN SALES AREA 4 5A/A2.O 1 ADA �LEARANGE 12-2 1/8' a., 38 GP-6 1/8' 1' -II I/2 ALL 51DE5 4''6 V4' -1 5/8 J 1/8" 3' -0' I' -4 EXISTING COLUMN I B : EVIEWED E COMP AIN _ 6 20 ' Of Tu . N ®rile VL ■ • .11 .id EXISTING COLUMN 33 33 13 0 fn EXISTING COLUMN ■ ® PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKVVILA, WA 98188 ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436-17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben ®st2d.com ▪ ARCHITECT /DESIGNER APP 1 7 2008 5055 State REG IST RED ARC CT es A. Lichty of Washington STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and/or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design GENERAL NOTES IIMIIIIMESIIIMINVEIME RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of on integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 STOREFRONT REV RECEIVED MAY 2 2 70013 PERMIT CENTEh 4/16/08 ® DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ® DRAWING TITLE ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES AND DETAILS ▪ DRAWING NUMBER • A1.0 FINISH MATER I ALS SCHEDULE SYMBOL QTY. ITEM DEaGRIPTION REMARKS GT - I q WALL /STOREFRONT 14" x 14" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE CROSSVILLE TILE - V3 SHADE VARIATION COLOR: #VS GOGNAG NP) GROUT: TEG 121 LIGHT PEWTER STOREFRONT A TILE GT - 2 V C PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 14" x 14" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE CROSSVILLE TILE - V3 SHADE VARIATION COLOR: #V578 COGNAC (UP) GROUT: TEG 121 LIGHT PEWTER BUTT' JOINT TILES A CT - 3 SUSPENDED FIXTURE PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 14" x 14" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE CROSSVILLE TILE - V3 SHADE VARIATION COLOR: 4 tV584 LAUREL GREENS (UP) GROUT: TEG 121 LIGHT PEWTER BUTT JOINT TILES A GT - 4 WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT NON ADJUSTABLE - RE : ELEC PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 14" x 14" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE CROSSVILLE TILE - V3 SHADE VARIATION COLOR: #V581 NAPOLEON BLUE (UP) GROUT: TEC 121 LIGHT PEWTER BUTT JOINT TILES ,4 QTF - I I QUARRY TILE Quarry TIIe Flooring merican rry Olean TIIe - 6" x 6 Qua TIIe Go I or: N55 SHADOW FLASH GROUT: Laticrete #24 Natural Grab TOILET ROOM B QTB _I 0 M QUARRY TILE BASE Quarr Tile Base - American Olean Tile - 6 x 8 Quarry Tile IN/bu I (nose and integral cove base Color: N56 SHADOW FLASH GROUT: Laticrete #24 Natural Gray TOILET ROOM B PT -I 8'-O" AFF PAINT "BENJAMIN MOORE" OR EQUAL COLOR: #1414 EGG SHELL FINISH SALES AREA WALLS ABOVE 10' -0" A.F.F. - SOFFIT - 2x2 LAY -IN GLG. GRID B,D,E PT-2 2 x 2 RECESSED PARALUX FIXTURE RE: ELEC. PAINT "BENJAMIN MOORE" OR EQUAL COLOR: #482 (GREEN) SALES AREA SHELVING AND WALL PANELS AS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS B,G,F PT -3 PAINT "BENJAMIN MOORE" OR EQUAL COLOR: #1420 (PURPLE) SALES AREA SHELVING AND WALL PANELS AS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS BI F PT -4 PAINT "BENJAMIN MOORE" OR EQUAL GOLOR: #1G -10 (GOLD) SALES AREA SHELVING RE: ELEVATIONS BO PT -5 BASES: WALLS• PAINT "BENJAMIN MOORE" OR EQUAL GOLOR: #126 (ORANGE) SALES AREA SHELVING, WALL PANELS AND STOREFRONT RE: ELEVATIONS 13,6 PT -6 RE: ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR EXACT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS PAINT "BENJAMIN MOORE" OR EQUAL COLOR: #1383 (PURPLE) STOREFRONT RE: ELEVATIONS BO PT -1 PAINT "BENJAMIN MOORE" OR EQUAL GOLOR: #433 (GREEN) STOREFRONT RE. ELEVATIONS BO PT -8 PAINT "SHERWIN WILLIAMS" OR EQUAL GOLOR: #SW 1015 OFF WHITE PRO -MAR 200 LATEX EGG SHELL FINISH STOCKROOM WALLS BD PT -q PAINT "SHERWIN WILLIAMS" OR EQUAL GOLOR: #511 10q5 OFF WHITE TILE GLAD II EPDXY B62 SERIES 560 V OVER PRO -MAR 200 INTERIOR LATEX WALL PRIMER TOILET ROOM WALLS B,D PT-I0 PAINT "SHERWIN WILLIAMS" OR EQUAL GRAY EPDXY PAINT B62112100 SERIES FLOOR PAINT (2 COATS) STOGKROOM FLOOR B AG -2 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING USG #3210 Sc EDGE (AT STOCK RM ONLY) 2x4x3/4" WHITE TILE WITH WHITE GRID CEILING AT STOCK ROOM B,E MR -I WALL MIRROR 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR INTERIOR WALL AS INDICATED WB - I WOOD BASE I x 4 WOOD BASE - PAINTED PALES FLOOR PAINT TO MATCH OSB A,G JOURNEYS - LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE FIXTURE DESCRIPTION HEIGHT BASE FLUOR. STRIP LIGHTING RE: ELEC CLG HT q NOTES TRACK MOUNTED LIGHTING RE: ELEC 10' -0" AFF TO TRACK SOUTH 0 V C LINE VOLTAGE TRACK HEAD LIGHTING RE: ELEC 1O' -0" AFF TO TRACK I FLUOR. STRIP LIGHTING RE: ELEC SUSPENDED FIXTURE ■ D 1/4/3 I 12 -O" WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT NON ADJUSTABLE - RE : ELEC 1O' --O" TO TOP OF LIGHT STOCKROOM 5 K I WALL MOUNTED FLUOR FIXTURE RE: RESTROOM ELEV 6' -10" AFF I L 0 M RECESSED CAN LIGHT NON ADJUSTABLE - RE : ELEC CL'G HT O PENDENT LIGHT RE: ELEC 8'-O" AFF IQ TRACK MOUNTED RECEPTACLE RE : ELEC CL'G HT 5 2 x 2 RECESSED PARALUX FIXTURE RE: ELEC. CL'G HT - EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN RE : ELEC BASES: WALLS• r" X ® WALL MOUNTED STEREO SPEAKER RE: ELEC 11'_0" RE: ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR EXACT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM N0. ROOM NAME FLR. BASE WALLS GLG ' CEILING HEIGHT NOTES NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST 101 SALES FLOOR 1/4 I 1/4 I/4 1/4 1/4/3 I 12 -O" G 102 STOCKROOM 5 2 I 1 1 I 2 103 TOILET 1 1 5 5 5 5 1 8' -O" FINISHES: BASES: WALLS• PANEL CEILINGS: GYPSUM BOARD 2 X 4 SUSPENDED TILE CEILING FLOORS: 1. PORCELAIN TILE I. WOOD (■B -I) I. PAINTED GYPBOARD 2. VINYL TILE 2. RESILIENT 2. EPDXY PAINT 3. TILE (GT --I) 3. NONE 3. STOREFRONT 4. MATCH CENTER TILE 4. EXISTING 4. PAINTED 055 5. PAINTED GONG. 5. QUARRY 5. EXISTING 6. EXISTING 6. FRP 1. QUARRY TILE 1. PAINTED 2. 2 X 2 OR ACOUSTICAL 3. EXISTING FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE NOTES: A. PROVIDED BY JOURNEYS AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. G. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR STAIN GOLOR LAY -OUT. D. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) GOATS PAINT OVER ONE (I) GOAT PRIMER ON ALL WALLS SOFFITS, AND CEILINGS. E. PAINT ALL REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS TO MATCH CEILING. F. PAINT OSB PANEL UP TO 10' -O" A.F.F. AS INDICATED. RE: ELEVATIONS G. MATCH THE FOLLOWING SOLID GOLOR REFERENGES WITH TRANSPARENT WOOD STAINS. NOTE: THIS SPACE 15 A FIRST GENERATION BUILD OUT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT SCOPE OF ANY DEMOLITION REQUIRED WITH THE TENANT PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION. NOTE: ALL DEMISING WALL STUDS AND NEUTRAL PIERS BY LANDLORD IF NOT EXISTING. ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING STUB -INS BY LANDLORD IF NOT EXISTING GENERAL SCHEDULE NOTES: ALL ITEMS GALLED OUT ON THE FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE AND THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE HAVE BEEN SELECTED AND APPROVED FOR USE ON JOURNEYS PROJECTS AS "STANDARDS ". ITEMS SPECIFIED MAY OR MAY NOT ACTUALLY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS. THE DESCRIPTIONS ARE TO IDENTIFY THE PRODUCTS AND NOT TO DETERMINE INCLUSION THE USE OF ANY PARTICULAR ITEM. NOTE: KEYNOTES 16 28 2q CEILING MOUNTED PANEL (GFGI): 8'X8' LUMINOUS PANELS SUSPENDED BELOW GEILING IN RANDOM PATTERN AS INDIGATED - ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL PANELS AT ANGLES VARYING FROM HORIZONTAL BETWEEN II' -O" AFF AND II' -6" AFF - RE: 6/A3.0 32d WALL MOUNTED STEREO SPEAKER (OFGI): GC TO INSTALL YAMAHA NS -AWI (BLACK) SPEAKERS BY GENESCO. GC TO PROVIDE SPEAKER WIRING BACK TO STEREO CABINET. RE: TGI.O FLUSH MOUNTED CEILING AGGESS PANELS (GFGI): CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE AND INSTALL AGGESS PANELS AS REQUIRED IN ALL HARD SURFACE CEILING FOR AGGESS TO MECHANICAL UNITS, VALVES AND MAINTENANCE ITEMS AS REQUIRED. PAINT PT #3 TO MATCH CEILING. 34 ELECTRICAL DUPLEX CEILING MOUNTED ABOVE WINDOW DISPLAYS - OUTLET AT EVERY OTHER DISPLAY - RE: ELECTRICAL 35 36 DECAL (GFG ABOVE W/ I "H LETTERS ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND READING: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" INTERIOR ILLUMINATED "JOURNEYS" SIGNAGE - RE: 3/A2.I NO WEEP HOLES $ NO MFG LABELS ALLOWED (GFG JOURNEYS SI GNAGE MFG TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL SIGN CEILING MOUNTED MONITOR (GFGI): 42" PANASONIC PLASMA (OR APPROVED EQUAL). RE: 8/A I.4 FOR MOUNTING METHOD AND HEIGHT. WATER HEATER (GFGI): ON PLATFORM ABOVE MOP SINK - PROVIDE SECURITY STRAPS WITH WALL BLOCKING - PIPING TO MOP SINK FROM PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE $ DRIP PAN - RE: PLUMBING DRAWINGS WATER HEATER PLATFORM (GFGI): TWO LAYERS 1/2" GEMENT BOARD ®6' -O "AFF ON b" x 20 GA METAL JOISTS ® 12" OG MAX SEARING ON STRUCTURAL STUDS BELOW - RE: 2/A15 SERI NKLER NOTES THIS SPACE 15 CURRENTLY PROVIDED WITH A MAIN STUB IN FOR AN AUTOMATIC NET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROVIDING A NEW ORIGINAL LAYOUT, AND ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM FOR THE PROPOSED TENANT FINISH OF THIS SPACE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE ALL NEEDED DRAWINGS AND HAVE APPROVAL OF ALL STATE, LOCAL $ INSURANCE UNDERWRITING AUTHORITIES AS WELL AS MEETING ALL 2006 IFG WITH WASHINGTON ADMENDME■S AND N.F.P.A. 13 REQUIREMENTS. THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED PRESSURE BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR, INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. CONSULT WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAGT EXISTING CONDITIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, FOR LOCATION, CONNECTION POINT, SIZE, TYPE, ETC. PROVIDE SIGNED AND SEALED DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITY. DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER EMPLOYED BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR, WHO 15 IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OF THIS WORK. SPRINKLER HEADS IN PUBLIG VIEWABLE GEILINGS MUST BE OF AN APPROVED CONGEALED POP OFF COVER TYPE. SURFACE MOUNTED HEADS ARE PERMITTED IN AREAS NOT VISIBLE TO CUSTOMER. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED BY A LANDLORD PERFERRED SUB - CONTRACTOR: PATRIOT FIRE PROTECTION - MARK FROMONG 2102 70th AVENUE EAST TACOMA, WA 18424 PH: 253.284.3535 FAX: 253.x22.6150 EMAIL markI @patriotfire.com qz-to A. REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING GYP. SD AS IND!GATED TO REMAIN AND PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW FINISHES. B. VERIFY ROLL -OUT TYPE WATER PROOF MEMBRANE' UNDER QUARRY TILE WITH MALL AUTHOR ITYNG. G. PROVIDE 05E3 UP TO 10' -0" A.F.F. (PAINTED) ATTACH 055 5D. TO GYP. BD./STUDS WITH FULL COVERAGE "LIQUID NAILS" AND FINISH NAILS - RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. NOTE: GONTRAGTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF THE LANDLORD'S GRITERIA AND GONSTRUGTION RULES AND REGULATIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING GONSTRUGTION. FAILURE TO OBTAIN COPIES OF SAID RULES AND REGULATIONS DO NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL GONTRAGTOR OR SUB CONTRACTORS OF ANY RESPONSIBLITIES WITHIN THOSE DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL THROUGHLY INSPECT ALL EXISTING GONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING BIDD AND ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DESIGNERS DOCUMENTS AND THE EXISTING GONDITIONS SHALL SE REPORTED TO THE DESIGNER IMMEDI JILL MI 10'-8° (LING ( INSTALL 'N' FIXTURE WITH BOTTOM OF FIXTURE AT 8' -0" AFF 6YFE0 PAINT ; • .'"' PT-5 AT 1' -0" IO' -8" - � 1 /G" 2 3/4° 3'-J3 5/6' 5' -2 3/ 4 LAY -IN -0• AFF 16HT FIXTJRE IN W ITECTURAL CEIL NEW I/2° 67F5OARD CEILING 0 AFF - FLAT BLACK PAINTED FINISH SUSPEND TRACK FROM CEILING AT IO' -0' AFF - TYPICAL ALL TRACK SCALE: I /4' =I -0 " T LIGHT IN POOR ALCOVE BEL014 - RE1 2/A1b PT -7 FT-6 PT-5 PT-7 5'-o' 5'-0' PT-6 Pr-5 PT-6 PT-7 3/4' PREFINISHEP A/C. PLYWOOD BULKHEAD WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS AS FER ELEVATION OVER 5/6" TYPE x 6YPEOARD PT-5 PT-6 PT-7 LINE OF FLYWOOD BULKHEAD 0 1O' -0" AFF REVIEW FOIE CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN - 6 2008 City Of Tukwila BUILDIN DIVISION NEW 5/8' TYPE X 671:BOARD CEILING 0 II'-b' - PAINT CEILING PT -I LINE OF LANDLORD VERTICAL BULKHEAD ABOVE - REFER TO SECTION I/A2.2 C El PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 it PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ® PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com ▪ ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer 1 Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design APR � 7 2008 GENERAL NOTES II REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION STOREFRONT REV 1 II DRAWING NUMBER RECEIVED MAY 2 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of ❑ material, unless othewise indicated. DATE 4116/08 ■ DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ® DRAWING TITLE ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES AND DETAILS A1.1 EQUIPMENT AND E I XTURE SCHEDULE ITEM NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER SIZE NOTES A -2 DISPLAY WALL FIXTURES CUSTOM 311'1 A B -I LAZY SUSAN DISPLAY CUSTOM A D -I LARGE LEASELINE NESTING TABLE CUSTOM IS "x48 "x42" A COLOR: GOLD D -2 SMALL LEASELINE NESTING TABLE CUSTOM I8 "x35 "x27" A COLOR: GOLD D -3 LARGE GLASSLINE NESTING TABLE CUSTOM 18 "x48 "x42" A COLOR: BURGUNDY D -4 SMALL GLASSLINE NESTING TABLE CUSTOM IS "x35 "x27" A COLOR: BURGUNDY E -I ROTATING WIRE SHELF UNITED STEEL 4 WIRE CO. SHOMOR 143 -4 28" DIA. A H -I METAL CHAIRS "SMITH 4 HAWKEN" A K -I FULL VIEW SHOWCASE BASE "SPARTAN SHOWCASE, INC." F1605 24" x 36 ", 48 ", it 60" x 38" A,D L -I PLYWOOD GASH REGISTER CABINET 24" x 24" x 55" A S -1 METAL FRAME STORAGE SHELVING W/ WOOD COMPOSITE SHELVES LOZIER STORE FIXTURE, INC. 1- 80O -22S -11882 DESIGN 12" x 36" ,4,D S -2 METAL FRAME STORAGE SHELVING W/ WOOD COMPOSITE SHELVES LOZIER STORE FIXTURE, INC. 1- 800 - 228 -g882 12" x 48" ,qp 5 -4 METAL FRAME STORAGE SHELVING W/ WOOD COMPOSITE SHELVES LOZIER STORE FIXTURE, INC. 1- SO0-22S -11882 18" x 4S" AD R -I BUTT GLAZING STOREFRONT SYSTEM s" BASE STYLMARK FRAME SYSTEMS, INC. HEADER: *II0360 SILL: #I 10481 FINISH: 4 BOTTOM FRAME ANCHOR #110358 C,E V -I VIDEO MONITOR PANASONIC TH42PWDlUY PR 42" EDTV PLASMA CEILING MOUNT. G Z -I GRAPHIC REBATE CHANNEL NOVA DISPLAY INC. 1825 GALAVARAS DR. SANTA ROSA, GA I -SOO- 753 -'1688 #AG -S = S' -O" *AG -6 = 6' -O" CEILING OR. SOFFIT MOUNT. C EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE NOTES: A. PROVIDED BY JOURNEYS, ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. PROVIDED BY AND INSTALLED BY JOURNEYS. G. ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. D. REFER TO FIXTURE DETAILS. E. APPROVED SUBSTITUTE GLAZING FRAME - "AMERICAN PRODUCTS" WITH FINISH 302 "BRUSHED STAINLESS" GENERAL CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES I. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE EXECUTED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LOCAL GODES AND ORDINANCES. GC SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA, REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES ESTABLISHED BY THE LANDLORD. 2. THE GENERAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE SPACE INCLUDING: DIMENSIONS, PHYSICAL APPURTENANCES, AND THE CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES PRIOR TO BIDDING 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN DIRECT SUPERVISION OVER ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SHARE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR PERFORMANCE AND QUALITY OF WORK. A LIST OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECT. A COPY OF THIS LIST SHALL BE POSTED ON THE STOCKROOM WALL AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 4. STOREFRONT SIGNAGE AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S SIGN CONTRACTOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ELECTRICAL POWER AND FINAL HOOK UP AS REQUIRED AND INSURE SUFFICIENT SPACE AND CLEARANCE IS PROVIDED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY FOR AND SECURE ALL APPROVALS REQUIRED BY ALL LOCAL GOVERNING AGENCIES AND SUPPLY ANY DRAWINGS OR GRAPHICS REPRESENTATION REQUIRED SY LANDLORD. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH STOREFRONT BULKHEAD MUST BE PROTECTED WITH FIRE STOP MATERIAL. 5. ALL CONGEALED WOOD BLOCKING USED IN CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FIRE - TREATED (IF APPLICABLE). 6. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE A PRE CONSTRUCTION MEETING LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR FOR THIS PROJECT PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. STRICT ADHERENCE TO THE LANDLORD'S "START /STOP WORK" PROCEDURES SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM AND OR CAUSE TO BE PERFORMED, ALL WORK IN A FIRST -CLASS WORKMANLIKE MANNER, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH EACH TRADE'S ESTABLISHED PROCEDURES AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PRODUCT USE AND INSTALLATION. ALL PRODUCTS USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL SE FIRST - QUALITY, NEV AND FREE OF ASBESTOS OR OTHER ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. THE ONLY ACCEPTABLE PRE -USED PRODUCTS SHALL BE THOSE CONTAINED IN "EXISTING STRUCTURES TO REMAIN" AND MUST BE SO INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS "EXISTING TO REMAIN ". EXTEND ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS 12" ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, WALLS SHALL BE BRACED 48" OC. DEMISING WALLS AND OTHER RATED WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OR UPGRADED TO COMPLY NTH ALL LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS GOVERNING FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. 10. MILLWORK, BASE, DESIGNATED TRIM, ETG„ SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER'S CASEWORK SUPPLIER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND OR SCHEDULES. II. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CLEAR CORNER GUARDS AT ALL EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNERS. (IN NON - PUBLIC AREAS ONLY) GUARDS TO BE CLEAR, 8' LENGTHS, STOCK NUMBER 834 AS MANUFACTURED BY INSTITUTIONAL PRODUCTS CORPORATION. 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT A TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE. THE BARRICADE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, OR PURCHASED FROM THE LANDLORD AS MIGHT BE REQUIRED. ALL ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND FINISHES OUTSIDE THE DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION LIMITS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE AT ALL TIMES. DAMAGE TO ANY SURFACES SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND WILL BE REPAIRED OR CAUSED TO BE REPAIRED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. a. 13. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA AND CONSTRUCTION RULES AND REGULATIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. FAILURE TO OBTAIN COPIES OF SAID RULES AND REGULATIONS DO NOT RELIEVE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR SUB CONTRACTORS OF ANY RESPONSIBLITIES WITHIN THOSE DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL THROUGHLY INSPECT ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING BIDDING AND . ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DESIGNERS DOCUMENTS AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE DESIGNER IMMEDIATELY. GENERAL SCHEDULE NOTES ALL ITEMS GALLED OUT ON THE FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE AND THE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE HAVE BEEN SELECTED AND APPROVED FOR USE ON JOURNEYS PROJECTS AS "STANDARDS ". ITEMS SPECIFIED MAY OR MAY NOT ACTUALLY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS. THE DESCRIPTIONS ARE TO IDENTIFY THE PRODUCTS AND NOT TO DETERMINE INCLUSION THE USE OF ANY PARTICULAR ITEM. z-No STRUCTURAL COLUMN • r Q 1 STRUCTURAL COLUMN STRUCTURAL COLUMN SCALE: 1/4"=I'-0" E =7Z77Z 52 4 52 4 52 4 52 51 3 51 11 11 11 11 V-31/5" 51 3 51 4 52 4 52 ____> WIRE DISPLAY GRID TYPICAL 51 3 51 4 I: I WIRE DI GRI TYP LAY II 11 II 52 4 52 12" x 12 MIRROR AT 4 AFF 'IXTURE LkYOUT PLAN 1 J r 3'-0° PT GONG 51 3 51 4 52 4 52 52 IH -IJ 52 STRUCTURAL BRACING 4 52 4 52 } 1 4 S2 4 52 51 3 51 4 52 4 52 TILE #2 3'-0° 51 WIRE DISPLAY. &RIDI TYPICAL NOTE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GRIND SMOOTH ALL SHARP EDGES ON WIRE GRIP PANELS 3 - — 3l'-5 101 LEASE LINE SUPPORT AREA 11145GFT 51 51 4 52 4 52 i rn rr 51 • 51 51 4 52 4 52 31 -10 I /4" SALES AREA 1111 5G FT LEASE AREA 2345 50 FT STRUCTURAL BRACING 4 52 I K -II 4 52 51 3 51 4 52 4 52 TILE #2 DE51GN CON77Zp LINE— 16 oVERHEAD GRILL - I LECTR/G 51 3 51 4 52 4 52 r ui 52 PT GONG 54 I L -I 1 5011 K5 4 1 / jl j II II 1� I1 L_ I �� L_. _J - h / 1/ 1 4 1H 1 I L_ 51 3 51 4 52 4 52 4 52 tr 51 3 51 4 52 4 52 4 52 kJ 54 1�1 3 WIRE DISPLAY GRID TYPICAL 12" x l2" MIRROR AT 4 AFF WIRE DISPLAY GRID TYPIGAL 3'3 7/$" 51 1 1 11 11 11 11 11 11 III 11 11 II II 11 11 11 1 ,1 ij 52 52 4 52 4 52 4 52 4 52 52 frit L LEASE LINE STRUCTURAL COLUMN 9- STRUCTURAL COLUMN k REVIEWED CODE COMPLI'1 APPROVE JUN - 6 200E City Of Tukwil( 8 ILOING DIVISION STRUCTURAL COLUMN \• OR •? ' NCE PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 1 PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tttoben®st2d.com ▪ ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE UNE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only Pursuont to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design A PR 1 7 2008 II GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if opplicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibiiity for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a materiol, unless othewise indicated. II REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION 1 STOREFRONT REV II DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ® DRAWING TITLE GENERAL NOTES + SCHEDULES RXTURE LAYOUT PLAN ITS DRAWING NUMBER ■ RECEIVED MAY 22 2006 PERMIT CENTER DATE 4/16/08 A1.2 DO7L1L-lo CODE REVIEW SUMMARY APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE: 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODEw /WA STATE ADMEND 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE w /WA STATE ADMEND 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE w/ WA STATE ADMEND 2005 NATIONAL ELECT CODE w/ WA STATE ADMEND 2006 WASHINGTON NON RESIDENTAL ENERGY CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE w/ WA STATE ADMEND ACCESSIBILITY: CH 11 IBC INCLUDING ANSI A117.1 — 2003 USE GROUP: MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: IIB UNPROTECTED, NON COMBUSTABLE — UNPROTECTED — FULL SPRINKLERED PROJECT /LEASE AREA: 2345 SQUARE FEET AREA SQUARE FOOTAGE OCCUPANT FACTOR OCCUPANT LOAD NO. OF EXITS REQUIRED RETAIL SALES AREA STOCK & SUPPORT AREA TOTAL PROJECT AREA 1171 1174 2345 60 300 20 4 24 1 PER 60 1 PER 100 EXIST ROUT PLAN SCALE: 1/4".1 REVIEWED F R DE COMPLIANCE CIS JUN - 6 2008 E PROJECT ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER E GENERAL NOTES E DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ▪ DRAWING TITLE EXIT ROUTE PLAN RXTURE LAYOUT PLAN E DRAWING NUMBER • 1 =a_ JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 APR 1 7 2008 STOREFRONT REV RECEIVED MAY 22 2008 PERMIT CENTER STUDO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE UNE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall farm, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design 1111 11111111•111111111,11111111111EXIMMEN RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Londlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. E REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 4/16/08 A1.3 M PROJECT MEIMMMEEMIMMIMEMMIMMS JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436-17 ■ PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben.st2d.com m ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUD ■ ■ APR 1 7 2008 6 • GENERAL NOTES RECEIVED MAY 2 2 2006 PERMIT CENTER ■ DRAWING NUMBER ■t. RENE WIN 10 T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX: 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original. copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ■ REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ■ DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ■ DRAWING TITLE MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS A1.4 I' -6" 1" X I" ALUMINUM ANGLE FRP PANELS NO STORAGE ALLOWED ON TOP OF THE TOILET DECK UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES - '- \ ' S[S OVA HEAD SCREWS r SCRE INTO , MTL. STUD) ® 12' O.C. LL MTL. STUD 1" RED VINYL LETTERS (FRANKLIN GOTHIC HEAVY FONT) 1/8" WHITE PVC W } 'U' 10' -O" A.F.F. NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL MOUNT SIGNAGE ABOVE TOILET ENTRY AT 8' -0" A.F.F. SILICONE SEAL ALL EDGES S[S SHAPE CORNER GUARD Q 5/8" GYP. BD. TOP OF WALL 3 5/8" (20 GA.) MTL. TRACK r 21' EDGING FINISH PG3 OSB ' 3 5/8" (20 GA.) MTL. STUDS AT OS MINUM ANGLE S /S " » 5/8" TYPE X GYP. BD. EXTEND 16" O.C.- ATTACH TO VERT. STUDS w /(2) #8 SDSTSM SCREWS F ALU SH EDNG INI PG3 FRP PANELS 0 "U" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS 1 UP TO 10' --0" A.F.F. 25 GA 3 - 5/8" MTL. STUDS IA I" X 1" ALUMINUM ANGLE � EDGING FINISH PG3 OSB 8' -0" AFF #4 X WS" S.S. OVAL HEAD S QUARE DRIVE TRIM SCREW SCALE: 6' = ILO' ° ®' #4 X 5/8" S.S. OVAL HEAD SQUARE DRIVE TRIM SCREW G u 2 S /S OVA HEAD SC REWS I (SCREW INTO MTL. STUD) CO 12 0.C. CEILING HGT. 0 44 X 5/8" S.S. OVAL HEAD SQUARE DRIVE TRIM SCREW A WHITE FRP FRAMING PONY WALL SCALE: I -I/2" = P-O" EXTENTIONS AT RESTROOM OSE WALL EDGE FINISH TRIM DETAILS I GGARD ORNER a � MTL. STUD SC ALE: NTS SILICONE SEAL ALL EDGES FILL ALL VOIDS WITH STOP INSULATION FIRE WHITE FRP 5/8" GYP. BD. 5/8" GYP. BD. T EXISTMTL.DEGKOR I LAYER EACH SIDE 6"x20 GA. METAL �- STUDS AT 16" O . G . EXISTING BY SIMILAR MTL. (20 GA) RUNNER TRACK TYPE 1 SEALANT, TYP. �-- n EXIST MTL. DECK OR SIMILAR MTL. (20 GA) RUNNER TRACK PROVIDE MTL STUD SLIP JOINT DETAIL - ALLOW FOR I �� DEFLECTION OR PER MALL CRITERIA MAINTAIN A 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS @ 16 "O.G. ANCHOR CLIP (3) PER PROVIDE GYP BD/MTL STUD SLIP JOINT DETAIL - ALLOW FOR MALL DEFLECTION I ON OR PER ci 11L11 STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD TENANT GC SHALL AT TOP OF GYPBOARD OPENING R RETURN AIR PER MALL CRITERIA �� �� �� 5/8 TYPE X GYP. BOARD UP TO DECK ABOVE AND SEAL TIGHT. SEAL TIGHT AROUND 3 5/S" OR 6"x20 GA. METAL STUDS AT 16° O.G. EXISTING BY I SCALE: 6' = P -0" NOTE: DEMISING WALL SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF U.L. DESIGN #U465 - — — JAMB MIN. 16 GAGE 2 EA. 20 GA. STUDS ®HEAD /JAM (TYP) 'IMPART' - ` ` �� �� 5/S TYPE X GYP. BOARD UP TO DECK ABOVE AND SEAL TIGHT. SEAL TIGHT AROUND # ACM3045F STEEL MOG PLATE/FLANGE WITH (4) 3/8" STEEL THRU BOLTS TO UNISTRUTS AS INDICATED UNISTRUT No.CMAUN3 ATTACH TO NEAREST EXIST. STEEL BEAMS WITH BEAM CLAMPS 4 / ,e �. „. (3) 10 GA. } ( HOLLOW METAL LANDLORD O PENINGS CREATED BY LANDLORD O PENINGS GREATER BY JOURNEYS STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ETG. MEMBERS OR DEVICES. SEAL TIGHT WHERE DEMISING WALL ABUTTS A MASONRY WALL OR NEUTRAL PIER. ADJACENT TENANT SPACE JOURNEYS STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ETC. MEMBERS OR DEVICES. SEAL TIGHT WHERE DEMISING WALL ABUTTS A MASONRY WALL OR NEUTRAL PIER. ADJACENT LANDLORD SPACE DOOR FRAME DOOR, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE /HEAD? DETAIL I L TENANT SPACE 'X' TENANT SPACE 'X' VERIFY 5/8" TYPE GYP. BD. AT ADJ. TENANT SPACE RUNNER TRACK EXISTING VERIFY 5/S" TYPE GYP. BD. AT ADJ. TENANT SPACE RUNNER TRACK EXISTING BY LANDLORD 6 S INGLE SWING BOOR JAM LEASE LINE BY LANDLORD LEASE LINE 4 b SUPPORT /SPLAY WIRE WITH STABILIZER RING NO. CMASTA 5 COMMON TENANT DEMISING WALL REVIEWE FOR CODE COMPLIANCE TENANT DEMISING WALL SECTION APPROVED SCALE: 3/4° = I'-O° SCALE: 3/4° = I' -O° JUN - 6 20[18 SCALE: 3' = I' -0" �, I FRAM 1 NO NOTES: 0 . 7 FROM ANY City Of Tukwila �UIIIMG NOTE: PROVIDE SAFETY STRAP AND SIDE ADHESIVE TO ANCHOR MONITOR 1. DO NOT ATTACH TO METAL DECK. 2. NO STRUCTURAL METAL MAY BE REMOVED PART OF EXISTING MALL BAR JOIST OR 3. VERIFY ALL CONNECTIONS TO MALL STRUCTURE LINE OF CEILING PENETRATION C. TO PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATE TO O MATCH) EXTENSION COLUMN VERIFY EXACT �. F F .o P 9 F� ' — TENANT GG SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 6" CLEAR OPENING BEAM. METAL DECK ROOF /FLOOR WITH LANDLORD. • STRUCTURE (OR SIMILAR) EXIST MTL. DECK (OR 4. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD, INSTALL STEEL ASSEMBLY (AS DETAILED) AT TOP CHORD CLAMP/ STUD OF BAR JOIST. 8 1_ Q II Q.G. MAX. SIMILAR) MTL. (20 GA) RUNNER TRACK AT TOP OF GYPB FOR RETURN AIR. PER MALL A CRITERIA 3 5/S" (20 GA.) MTL. STUD / LENGTH- ATTACHED TO FLANGE ABOVE PLASMA MONITOR CEILING MOUNT .. ■ ' . B , „ RAG I NG AT 4 -O O.G. - ANCHOR TO STRUCTURAL STEEL RE: 4/A1.4 �� �� 5/8 TYPE X GYP. BOARD (ON STOCKROOM SIDE ONLY) UP TO DECK ABOVE AND SEAL TIGHT. SEAL TIGHT AROUND O PENINGS CREATED Si' STRUCTURAL, EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE BAR JOISTS) 3 5 /S" 20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.G. VERIFY - ANCHORED 'ROTAMOUNT' MODEL No. PRM -615 (OR APPROVED EQUAL) WITH CEILING ATTACHMENT KIT 42" PANASONIC PLASMA DISPLAY 3 5/8" X 20 GA. CONT. DIETRICH TO STRUCTURAL STEEL OR TSB TRACK (OR EQUAL) WITH 3 5/8" TRACK AT 8' -0" O.C. TO (2) #1 0 S DSTSM SCREWS METAL DECK ABOVE SPAN BETWEEN A MIN. OF THREE JOISTS STEEL 'U' SHAPED CLAMP /2" BENT THREADED ROD) 1' RE: REFLECTED ( ( A l 307) W/ 2" X 1 /4" PL. V CEILING PLAN - I � 1 �1 _ r"': (A36) AND DOUBLE NUTS MECHANICAL, ETG. MEMBERS OR + + DEVICES. STOCKROOM AREA 1 L ' L4 2 - 3 5/8" (18 GA) MTL. STUDS 5/S" TYPE "X" GYP. BOARD w P SALES AREA 3 5/8" MTL. STUD (20 GA. AT 16" O.C. (PARALLEL TO BAR JOISTS) 45' DIAGONAL 3 5/8" MTL. STUD BRACING (20 GA.) AT 48" O.C. . 3 5 /S" (20 GA.) METAL RUNNER TRACK -- ATTACH TO CONCRETE SLAB WITH (2) HILTI X -DIN (OR APPROVED EQUAL) FASTENERS MONITOR 5 PLASMA (OR APPROVED EQUAL) SCREEN CEILING CONNECT I N DETAIL 3 5/8" X 20 GA. CONT. DIETRICH T TRACK (OR EQUAL), TRACK SHALL BE 3 5/8" METAL STUD (20 GA) AT CONTINUOUS AT WALL STUDS 16" 0.0. CONNECT TO TRACK PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS. WITH (2) #1 0 SDSTSM SCREWS OR DIAGONAL 4 WALL (PERPENDICULAR TO BAR JOISTS) /SOFA I T JOISTS CONNECTION (TYPICAL) 1 STOCK ROOM WALL SECTION SCALE: I -I/2" = I' -0' SCALE: 3/4" = I'-O" SCALE: I -I/2" = I' -0" M PROJECT MEIMMMEEMIMMIMEMMIMMS JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436-17 ■ PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben.st2d.com m ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUD ■ ■ APR 1 7 2008 6 • GENERAL NOTES RECEIVED MAY 2 2 2006 PERMIT CENTER ■ DRAWING NUMBER ■t. RENE WIN 10 T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX: 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original. copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ■ REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE ■ DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ■ DRAWING TITLE MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS A1.4 • PROJECT ■ JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN titoben•at2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project. which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design ■ B NOV 0 7 2007 RE G!S"°,..RED Ali + - 9' `- ECT es A. Uchlty State of Washington • GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION ■ DRAWING NUMBER P y � ea°+e• "�;n NOV 3 0 2007 ■ DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS DATE A1.5 EXISTING BAR JOIST r fr HILTI GG21ZF21 GEILING CLIP INTALLED IN AGGORDANGE WITH IGG ES REPORT #ER -545 ALL REGESSED OR DROP -IN LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIREGTLY FROM THE GEILING GRID. EACH FIXTURE SHALL BE SAFETY WIRED TO THE STRUGTURE ABOVE WITH A MINIMUM OF (2) TWO #12 GAGE WIRES LOCATED AT DIAGONALLY OPPOSITE CORNERS. LEVELING AND POSITIONING OF FIXTURES MAY BE PROVIDED BY THE CEILING GRID. FIXTURE SUPPORT WIRES MAY BE INSTALLED WITH SLACK. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND MECHANICAL GRILLS SHALL BE POSITIVELY ATTACHED TO THE SUSPENDED GEILING SYSTEM. THE ATTACHMENT DEVIGE 51 -}ALL HAVE A GAPAGITY OF 100 PERCENT OF THE LIGHTING FIXTURE WEIGHT ACTING IN ANY DIRECTION. J (I) 12 A. WIRES I NOTE: (2) LAYERS 3/4" GEMENTIOUS DECK f C FIXTURE HO U I� SING O SCREWS SECURE SUPPORT WIRE TO FIXTURE HOUSING 7HRU FIXTURE TAB OR WITH HILTI GG21 CLIP 1 SGREW TO FIXTURE ALL WIRES ARE TO BE WRAPPED WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 TIGHT TURNS AROUND SELF - WIRES MAY BE INSTALL SALCK - TYPICAL (I) 12 GA. WIRES CROSS TEE r• ` � .. MAIN PJJNNER I x I" METAL TRIM ANGLE FRP PANELS 21 —S II f =1 ! I S (SCiRT,,F�, V INTO STUD) IN ' UD) 11� 1� II Il 1 SILICONE SEAL ALL I pp pp p i MTL. STUD „ �-� , � �J/J U' �JFIA Q I GOER bUARD J — 1 1 5/8" (SYP. BD. L - F.R.P. BD. OVER �' ' I 1 5/8 FR GYP. BD. 3 5/8 "X18 GA MTL. 2" 8 "X14 GA MTL JOISTS 0 1' —O" OG MAX. PRP PANELS STUDS W/16 GA WNSG 805...116 STIF— S CORNER OUAWD AT - SECTION WATER STRAP 'X' BRACING FINERS 0 ALL ENDS. ®REAR, END AND ATTACH JOISTS TO INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT DOUBLED WALL STUDS. WALLS. - A'!R P�AT'O M SECTION 63 SEISMIC LA IN MAO NIG L/LI TINO TROFFER GRID LOCK FEATURE UL LISTED, FILE # E11514 �% NEG 410-I6C COMPLIANT TYPICAL (4) PLACES PETALS SCALE: NTS SCALE: NT5 SCALE: I -I/2" = I' -O" 12 VERTICAL HANGER WIRE D 0 1.4,1210 ALL WALLS, BRACES, WIRES, CONDUITS, PIPES, EQUPMENT, ETC MUST i3E CONNECTED TO AND SUPPORTED FROM THE EXISTING WATER HEATER PLATFORM (2) LAYERS3 /4" GEMENTIOUS DECK 1,0 0111 110111.11111'. 1/2" GEMENTIOUS DECK 1 " x I" METAL TRIM ANGLE , 0SO GA. COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED AT EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12' O.G. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 6' -0" OF EACH WALL SUPPORT WITS FOR LAY -IN CEILING 1" EMT TIGHT TO STRUCTURAL DECK ABOVE GRID MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL, NOTE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING OR FIRE ' E.M.T. STRUT @ 12' -0" O.G. EW. MAX PROTECTION PIPING OR EQUIPMENT W/ COMPRESSION TIE. SECURE TO STRUCTURE W/ I I/4" x 1 1/4" x 1/16" CLIP ANGLE W/ #8 X 1/16" SELF SECURE CLIP ANGLE TO STRUT W/ # 8 x 9/16 SELF" TAPPING SGREWS.GOMPRESSION STRUT SHALL COMPLY EXISTING STRUCTURE 5/8" 56" FRP OF SINK 0 — INSTALL 16 GA S/S SHELF IS" BELOW PLATFORM FOR CHEMICAL STORAGE WITH IGG E5 REPORT #ER -2244 DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR I/8" BOLT 0 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, TYPICAL FOR ALL TRADES. .. HILTI CC2lZF27 CEILING CLIP INSTALLED � LOCK NUT AFTER GLG 15 LELED IN AORANCE WITH IGG E5 REPORT #ER ° o ° V ° 5/4" EMT NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER -5457 $ SECURE TO CEILING GRID W/ 2 - #8x 1/16" SELF TAPPING TELESCOPING E.M.T. STRUT @ 12' -0" O.C. EA. WAFER HEAD SCREWS W/GOMPRESSION SECURE STEEL CLIP W/I -I/4" W N (4) 12 A. WIRES - SPLAYED 1/16" TO STRUCTURE W/I /4" DIA HILTI KWIK W/2' EMBEDMENT_ INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE 10° FROM EACH OTHER AT 45° MAX IDD ES REPORT #ESR -1385. SECURE CLIP ANGLE 45° WIRES @ 12' -O" O.G. EN. MAX STRUT W/ #8 x 9/16" SELF TAPPING SCREWS. MAX x I -I/4" BOLT 3 WITH TO d n d \ ° � v /1.1 ,/ \ ► a �� � / ■� . , �A . x �4 - co INSTALL SERVICE FAUCET AT �r 36 CENTER LINE AFF — CENTER ON MOP SINK BELOW �� f 1 1 � Q I/2 GYPi30ARD " 1 =ICING QUARRY TILE WHITE GEMENTIOUS AFF AND TO PLATFORM TO PLATFORM FRP OVER BOARD TO 5/8" WP GYPBOARD — INSTALL BOTTOM SIDE WITHIN MOP ENCLOSURE � � — O I _� �, I' ? ' f .. ; ; •., ^ e '` � "'� T 4 ` �_ I �s° s a �.t� " - " ir ct 6+= ,..) I ,. - - `- `' ._ __.. _ _... °�- ?: ��° G ;b °:'� i' 6/977:',7, . r , ..'``_�.._, �w �. _, ._ ... . I SECURE FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL ABOVE GOMPRE5510N STRUT TO COMPLY WITH I.G.13.O COMPRESSION I IFS" MAX 8" M AX O R TO METAL ROOF DECK #2244 E �� 45° 45° HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNER #12 (7YP) 1 "y Q G ATTACHED TO SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH DRYWALL SCREWS AT 12" OG A TTAC H WALL TRACK TO METAL 5TUI7 WITH #10 SCREWS - (2) AT EACH STUD GROSSING TWISTING GA WIRE CHIC W x AGO METALLIC I x 144" L CHICETAI 640 SYSTEM OR EQUAL � + SPACE A5 PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS 3/4 EMT NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER TIE MAIN AND CROSS RUNNERS TO PREVENT TWISTING g SECURE TO CEILING GRID W/ #8x 9/16" SELF TAPPING W/ 2 '' O J ' OR EQUAL TO PREVENT SEISMIC I O 1 IT 5OARD C I L S - WAFER HEAD SCREWS NO PETALS �S HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNER CHICAGO METALLIC 640 SYSTEM SPACE AS PER MFG SPECIFICATIONS TIE MAIN AND GROSS RUNNERS SCALE: NTS 12 A. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED AT EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12' O.G. EACH WAY AND WITHIN FACE OF WALL 8" MAX. 12 GA. HANGER WIRE, OR 1/4 OF TH OF THE END • WHICHEVER I LENGTH NNER LESS 6' -O" OF EACH WALL SUPPORT WIRES FOR LAY -IN CEILING MIN. (3) TURNS IN I -I/2" �~ 5/4" END O RUNNER HEAVY DUTY RUNNER EMT TIGHT TO STRUCTURAL DECK ABOVE GRID MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S MECHANICAL, NOTE ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING OR FIRE 3/4' ' E.M.T. STRUT @ 12' -0" O.G. E. MAX PROTECTION PIPING OR EQUIPMENT W/ COMPRESSION 11E. SECURE TO STRUCTURE kV 1 1/4" x I I/4" x 1/16" GL-IF' ANGLE W/ #S X 1/16" SELF SECURE CLIP ANGLE TO STRUT W/ # 8 x 4/16 SELF" ALL WALLS, BRACES, TAPPING SGREWS.GOMPRESSION STRUT SHALL COMPLY EXISTING STRUCTURE MUST BE CONNECTED LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL PANEL Idl1111 III IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII11011, WIRES, CONDUITS, PIPES, EQUPMENT, ETC 2" X 2" WALL ANGLE • TO AND SUPPORTED FROM THE EXISTING TYPICAL FOR ALL TRADES. WITH IGG ES REPORT #ER -2244 DRILL 5/ FOR I /S" BOLT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, �I HILTI G O R DANC CEILING CLIP INSTALLED) D NUT AFTER R �� � LOCK NUT AFTER GLG 15 LEVELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IGG E5 REPORT ' *ER-5451 ° °° NON t� t� ° NON SECURED GRID I ERI METER ANGLE o ° " ° ° 3/4" EMT NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER 8 SECURE TO CEILING GRID W/ 2 - #8x 1/16" SELF TAPPING TELESCOPING E.M.T. STRUT ® 12' -0" O.G. EA. MAX WAFER HEAD SCREWS W/GOMPRE5510N SECURE STEEL CLIP W/I -I/4" x I -I/4" W N x 1/16" TO STRUCTURE W/I /4" DIA HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 GROSS TEE IN/2' EMBEDMENT. INSTALL IN SECURE CL ANGS WITH IDD ES REPORT #ESR -13B5. SECURE CLIP ANGLE TO #B ° /- / n a /� \_ �• [-� 1 BASE AT _ CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT AROUND PERIMETER OF MOP SINK AT JUNCTION OF FRP (TYPICAL) I FACE OF WALL 5" S" MAX. 12 GA. HANGER WIRE, OR I/4 OF THEE THE LENGTH D RUNNER (4) 12 GA. WIRES - SPLAYED STRUT W/ x 9/16" SELF TAPPING SCREWS. COMPRESSION STRUT TO COMPLY WITH I.C.B.O. -- l r� I 1 48" MAX 8' MAX 90° FROM EAC H OTHER AT 45° MAX WIRES @ 12' -0" O.G. EN. MAX 2244 a�° SECURE FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL ABOVE #12 MIN. (3) TURNS IN -I/2" HEAVr DUTY RUNNER - WHIGHEYE' *1 15 LESS . / I y '\ I I f OR TO METAL ROOF DECK GA WIRE (TYP) HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNER 3/4" EMT NOTCH OVER MAIN RUNNER 15/16 "WxIII /16 "Dx144 "! CHICAGO METALLIC SOO SYSTEM OR EQUAL 8 SECURE TO CEILING GRID SPACE AT 24" O.G. FOR 2' x 2' LAY IN CEILING SYSTEM W/ 2- #5x 9/16' SELF TAPPING SPACE AT 48" O.G. FOR 2' 4' LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM WAFER HEAD SCREWS = WALLS AND OF MOP PROOF MOP SINK ACROSS FAGS SINK WITH WATER MEMBRANE BELOW ENTIRE UNIT SOM T IO DRAW N6 LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL PANEL i CEILING WEIGHT = I.O 1 1_155/SF. i1111iiIlIIIIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIIII 2" X 2" WALL ANGLE FASTENS- TIE MAIN AND 4 SEISMIC LAY -IN CEI x CROSS RUNNERS TO PREVENT TWISTING HEAVY DUTY MAIN RUNNER WITH POP RIVETS (2) IN EACH 15/16" W x I- 11/16" D x 144" L ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION CHICAGO METALLIC 500 SYSTEM OR EQUAL SPACE AT 24" D.G. FOR 2' x 2' LAY -IN GEILING SYSTEM t� �, SPACE AT 45" O.G. FOR 2' x 4' LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM SECURED GI D FERI METER NO D TADS 2 , ANGLE 5CALE: NTS SCALE: 3/4" = 1' -0" • PROJECT ■ JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN titoben•at2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project. which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design ■ B NOV 0 7 2007 RE G!S"°,..RED Ali + - 9' `- ECT es A. Uchlty State of Washington • GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION ■ DRAWING NUMBER P y � ea°+e• "�;n NOV 3 0 2007 ■ DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS DATE A1.5 DOOR SCHEDULE — JOURNEYS LOCATION SIZE DOOR TYPE FRAME 0 \ DETER PANIC. WITH ALARM WIDTH HEIGHT THICK MATERIAL FINISH TYPE MATERIAL FINISH THRESHOLD HARDWARE NOTES O ELECTRICALLY OPERATED OVERHEAD GRILL PLAN PLAN PLAN ALUMINUM FACTORY ALUMINUM FACTORY MFG A, G RESTROOM 3' -0" 1' -0" * I 3/4" SOLID GORE WOOD #S PT#G TYPE A HM #8 FT ALUMINUM MARBLE SET B B, G, E 0 MALL REAR SERVICE 3'-O" -r-O" 13/4H HM PT #S TYPE C HM PT #8 SET G B, G,12, E, F, G, H * UNDERCUT DOOR PER MECHANICAL NOTES * REFER TO SHEET SP2, SECTION 06710 FOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS (2) CONT 6" DP x 18 GA DALE /INCOR TYPE "JWE" STRUCT STUD HEADER W /CONT TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, TIED TO 6" 18 GA DOUBLE STUD COLUMNS IN WALL PARTITION - REFER TO PLAN AND DETAILS FOR LOCATION Oda 9 -0" A.F.F. ALCOVE HEIGHT INSTALL SPRINKLER HEAD AT ALCOVE PE LANDLORD CRITERIA INTERIOR UL 1 HR RATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME TO MATCH COORIDOR WALL FIRE RATING BY TENANT GC - INSTALL PER LL CRITERIA AND FINISH TO LANDLORD CRITERIA 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD OVER 6" METAL STUDS BY TENANT GC - MATCH EXISTING MALL CORRIDOR 1 HR CONSTRUCTION AND MATERI ALS. TENANT GC SHALL INSTALL ALCOVE FINISHES AND 4" x 4" x 10 GA STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS TO MATCH MALL CORRIDOR STANDARD FINISHES - COORDINATE WITH MALL AUTHORITY SERVICE DOOR /ALCOVE SECTION SGALE: R 3' -6" Cr 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD ON 6" METAL STUDS - MATCH 1 HR CONSTRUCTION RATING OF MALL CORRIDOR WALLS DOWNLIGHT IN COVE AS PER ELECTRICAL CODE DOUBLE STUDS BOTTOM DOOR SWEEP FROM TENANT SPACE TO INTERIOR LANDLORD CORRIDOR DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES: A. REFER TO DOOR TYPE FOR SPECIFICATIONS. B. FAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISI IES. G. REFER TO GODE COMPLIANCE DOOR NOTES (THIS SHEET) FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS D. PROVIDE 'DETEX' EGL -600 ALARM/PANIG HARDWARE (IF NOT EXISTING). PROVIDE DOOR BUZZER. E. REFURBISH DOOR/GRILLE AND HARDWARE TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. F. VERIFY THAT EXIST. DOOR HAS A I HOUR RATING WITH GLOCIER AND SEALS. G. REPLACE EXISTING DOOR HINGES WITH STANLEY *G50700 TWO KNUCKLE HINGES (IF NOT EXISTING), H. PROVIDE STANLEY #4545 (OR EQUAL) STEEL- BRIGHT BRASS, 140 DEGREE WIDE ANGLE DOOR VIEWER, AT 54" AFF. DOOR TYPES - JOURNEYS 4 r SCALE: NTS 3L0 I /8" TYPE A DOOR SCHEDULE AND TYPES Doi .4440 4 4 3'-O I /8' TYPE G CODE COMFLIANGE DOOR NOTES ALL ROLL -UP GRILLES AND EXIT DOORS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND THE AMERICANS WIT( DISABILITES AND ANSI 117 I. ROLL -UP GRILLES MUST REMAIN SECURED IN THE FULL OPEN POSITION DURING THE PERIOD OF OGGUPANGY BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC. 2. ROLL -UP GRILLES SHALL NOT BE BROUGHT TO THE CLOSED POSITION WHEN THERE ARE MORE THAN 10 PERSONS OCCUPYING SPACES SERVED BY A SINGLE EXIT OR 50 PERSONS OCCUPYING SPACES SERVED BY MORE THAN ONE EXIT. 5. THE EXIT DOORS AND /OR ROLL -UP GRILLES SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT WHEN THE SPACE IS OCCUPIED. MANUAL GRILLES SHALL HAVE ONE, CENTER MOUNTED, THUMB THROW LOG 4. WHEN TWO OR MORE EXITS ARE REQ'D, NOT MORE THAN 1/2 OF THE EXITS MAY BE EQUIPPED WITH HORIZONTAL SLIDING OR VERTICAL_ ROLL-UP GRILLES OR DOORS. 5. ALL HAND - ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30 " TO 44" A.F.F. AND SHALL BE OPERATED WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE. 6. DOOR LEADING TO UNISEX TOILET RM. SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A 12" DIAMETER CIRCLE WITH A TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER. SIGN/SYMBOL SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE HALL, ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR AT 60" A.F.F. AND NO MORE THAN S " FROM THE EDGE OF THE DOOR TCJ THE FD�tiF ()F THE SIr�N 4 it MIN ELECTRICALLY OPERATED ADA COMPLIANT HARDWARE OVERHEAD GRILL REWEWED FOR CODE COA APPROVED PLANCE JUN - 6 2008 ▪ PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ® PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com ® ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design APR 172008 • GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of on integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described an this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for sotisfoctory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION ® DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ▪ DRAWING TITLE DOOR SCHEDULE MISC DETAILS 1 • DRAWING NUMBER • STORONT REV RECEIVED MAY 22 2008 PERMIT CENTER DATE 4/16/08 A1.6 36 x84 DOOR PAINTED HM FRAME HM — B W 16 GA PAI 0 \ DETER PANIC. WITH ALARM I - F I N (2) CONT 6" DP x 18 GA DALE /INCOR TYPE "JWE" STRUCT STUD HEADER W /CONT TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, TIED TO 6" 18 GA DOUBLE STUD COLUMNS IN WALL PARTITION - REFER TO PLAN AND DETAILS FOR LOCATION Oda 9 -0" A.F.F. ALCOVE HEIGHT INSTALL SPRINKLER HEAD AT ALCOVE PE LANDLORD CRITERIA INTERIOR UL 1 HR RATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME TO MATCH COORIDOR WALL FIRE RATING BY TENANT GC - INSTALL PER LL CRITERIA AND FINISH TO LANDLORD CRITERIA 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD OVER 6" METAL STUDS BY TENANT GC - MATCH EXISTING MALL CORRIDOR 1 HR CONSTRUCTION AND MATERI ALS. TENANT GC SHALL INSTALL ALCOVE FINISHES AND 4" x 4" x 10 GA STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS TO MATCH MALL CORRIDOR STANDARD FINISHES - COORDINATE WITH MALL AUTHORITY SERVICE DOOR /ALCOVE SECTION SGALE: R 3' -6" Cr 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD ON 6" METAL STUDS - MATCH 1 HR CONSTRUCTION RATING OF MALL CORRIDOR WALLS DOWNLIGHT IN COVE AS PER ELECTRICAL CODE DOUBLE STUDS BOTTOM DOOR SWEEP FROM TENANT SPACE TO INTERIOR LANDLORD CORRIDOR DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES: A. REFER TO DOOR TYPE FOR SPECIFICATIONS. B. FAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISI IES. G. REFER TO GODE COMPLIANCE DOOR NOTES (THIS SHEET) FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS D. PROVIDE 'DETEX' EGL -600 ALARM/PANIG HARDWARE (IF NOT EXISTING). PROVIDE DOOR BUZZER. E. REFURBISH DOOR/GRILLE AND HARDWARE TO "LIKE NEW" CONDITION. F. VERIFY THAT EXIST. DOOR HAS A I HOUR RATING WITH GLOCIER AND SEALS. G. REPLACE EXISTING DOOR HINGES WITH STANLEY *G50700 TWO KNUCKLE HINGES (IF NOT EXISTING), H. PROVIDE STANLEY #4545 (OR EQUAL) STEEL- BRIGHT BRASS, 140 DEGREE WIDE ANGLE DOOR VIEWER, AT 54" AFF. DOOR TYPES - JOURNEYS 4 r SCALE: NTS 3L0 I /8" TYPE A DOOR SCHEDULE AND TYPES Doi .4440 4 4 3'-O I /8' TYPE G CODE COMFLIANGE DOOR NOTES ALL ROLL -UP GRILLES AND EXIT DOORS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND THE AMERICANS WIT( DISABILITES AND ANSI 117 I. ROLL -UP GRILLES MUST REMAIN SECURED IN THE FULL OPEN POSITION DURING THE PERIOD OF OGGUPANGY BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC. 2. ROLL -UP GRILLES SHALL NOT BE BROUGHT TO THE CLOSED POSITION WHEN THERE ARE MORE THAN 10 PERSONS OCCUPYING SPACES SERVED BY A SINGLE EXIT OR 50 PERSONS OCCUPYING SPACES SERVED BY MORE THAN ONE EXIT. 5. THE EXIT DOORS AND /OR ROLL -UP GRILLES SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT WHEN THE SPACE IS OCCUPIED. MANUAL GRILLES SHALL HAVE ONE, CENTER MOUNTED, THUMB THROW LOG 4. WHEN TWO OR MORE EXITS ARE REQ'D, NOT MORE THAN 1/2 OF THE EXITS MAY BE EQUIPPED WITH HORIZONTAL SLIDING OR VERTICAL_ ROLL-UP GRILLES OR DOORS. 5. ALL HAND - ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30 " TO 44" A.F.F. AND SHALL BE OPERATED WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE. 6. DOOR LEADING TO UNISEX TOILET RM. SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A 12" DIAMETER CIRCLE WITH A TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER. SIGN/SYMBOL SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE HALL, ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR AT 60" A.F.F. AND NO MORE THAN S " FROM THE EDGE OF THE DOOR TCJ THE FD�tiF ()F THE SIr�N 4 it MIN ELECTRICALLY OPERATED ADA COMPLIANT HARDWARE OVERHEAD GRILL REWEWED FOR CODE COA APPROVED PLANCE JUN - 6 2008 ▪ PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ® PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com ® ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design APR 172008 • GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of on integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described an this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for sotisfoctory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION ® DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ▪ DRAWING TITLE DOOR SCHEDULE MISC DETAILS 1 • DRAWING NUMBER • STORONT REV RECEIVED MAY 22 2008 PERMIT CENTER DATE 4/16/08 A1.6 I PAINT (PT -1) PAINT (PT -1) PAINT (PT -1) BOBRICK � #86 DIA GRAB GRAB BAR DEMISING WALL PAINT A.F.F. TO 6" ABOVE CLG 12' -I 3/4' (PT -1) ABOVE 10' -0' UNE 12-0' L BOBRICK #O6$57 (SINGLE ROLL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER I K PT f7 . .. �p I I PT � .. PT � .. PT #6 .. PT 1 5 • . • PT • .. PT � .. PT /5 • • PT �6 . . • PT . \ PT �6 ■■■■■■ ■■.u■■■ PI �' . ME o / I —_.... rrrlMM: e BY FINISHED REAR OF FRONT SIGNAGE 1' 1' x 1/16' ALUMINUM 7 ■ ■m .9-.11 / /// /' x ANGLE TYPICAL ALL EXPOSED EDGES - TYP. RE 5/A24 OVERHEAD COILING GRILL INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURER - METRO - ELECRICALLY OPERATED WITH ADA COMPLIANT LOCKING AND RELEASE HARDWARE 2/A23 \ \ \\\ 1/2" GAP TYP ((( ] II TEMPERED { ATEEGO�R�� SS 1 POOUSH O ED LIES GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. /// / rP yr TEMPERED SAFETY ( ,JJpp�O�RTYG 1 ). POLJSH ALL E0.0• BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. \\.\ 2/A2.3 GLASS 1 1 ED 7 / � � "� i BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL BREAK METAL SURROUND AT PILASTER i a in 10, ∎ \ N. .............. Mn ■■ _ •••■ 0 ■ ■ ■ ■ •••••••••• o e __ •• ■■■■ ■■■ IIIMI■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■■ Mini/ ■ ■■ ■1 ■ ■ ■■ ■■� ■■ _ ••••••••• ∎ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ I♦O■■ _ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ •••••••••••••• 1 •••••••••••••• ■■ ■ ■ ■■ ■■■■■■■■ •••••••••••••• •••••••••••••• ■■■ ■ ■ ■■■■ ■ ■■ ■■ ••••••••■••• ■11'ii'-" ■■■ ■■ =■■■■■■■ - •• ■ • 111111111M1111111111111 ■■■ ■■ /MUM ■■ •••••••••••••• ■ ■ ■■ ■■ •••••••••••••• ENN■■■�■■ ::::I:: ■■ 111111 11 A -2 1- ---{ A-2 .............. { A 2 -- -{ A -2 I A-2 •111111111111 •• 1119 I- 2 J■ ---- -- 1 A 1 A -2 1 A -2 1 A-2 1 A -2 -2 ••••••• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■■■■■ IM■■■■ ■■ ■■■ » LL PT-4 »u -- - » zia - - _FL -- 5_ _ - PT-4 t --- n=ct PS-- - Li=ct I7 a:=1¢ _FL-4 » » � = -- =a _ _FT=.5 - PT-4 -- —`_ -- tr=a -- — 5--- - -= — PL'`F— — — PT-4 PT -5 I -- ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■■■■■■■ ••••••• ••••••• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ PT-5 — — —P3.-4_ — - � - S'L-5 — PT -5 PT-5 — —PLS — — — — -'`_ _ _ — ••••••• ••••••• II ■■■■■■■ PT-4 - - - P7- - - - m-4_ - - _PL -4_ - __ _ _ _ - �F - PT-4 _ _ _ _ - - 'T-5 tam ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ FT5 PT-4 ••••••• PT-4 -- _FL -4_ -- ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ - _ __>x ■■ ••••• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ PT-5 P -4_ - - - _FL-9 - - - � 5 - - - - - _E7 4- - � PT-5 - - _L-4_ _ _ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ••••••• ....... -- 1'L� - -- PT -5 PT-5 ....... ....... f3- �_5 -- - -?L - CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PAINT T M OSB FP45 GRIND SMOOTH ALL SHARP EDGES WIRE GRID DISPLAY SHELVING RE: DETAIL 3&4/A3.0 - TYPICAL COLORED SHELVES AS INDICATED PT*2 PT42 I PAINT (PT -1) PAINT (PT -1) PAINT (PT -1) BOBRICK � #86 DIA GRAB GRAB BAR STAIN' mouNTiN PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING . BOBRICK #O6$57 (SINGLE ROLL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER I K PT f7 . .. • I I PT � .. PT � .. PT #6 .. PT 1 5 • . • PT • .. PT � .. PT /5 • • PT �6 . . • PT . PT �6 ■■■■■■ ■■.u■■■ PI �' . ME / I —_.... rrrlMM: BY FINISHED REAR OF FRONT SIGNAGE 1' 1' x 1/16' ALUMINUM ■uui■■ ■■■ ■ ■m .9-.11 / /// /' x ANGLE TYPICAL ALL EXPOSED EDGES - TYP. RE 5/A24 OVERHEAD COILING GRILL INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURER - METRO - ELECRICALLY OPERATED WITH ADA COMPLIANT LOCKING AND RELEASE HARDWARE 2/A23 \ \ \\\ 1/2" GAP TYP ((( ] II TEMPERED { ATEEGO�R�� SS 1 POOUSH O ED LIES GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. /// / rP yr TEMPERED SAFETY ( ,JJpp�O�RTYG 1 ). POLJSH ALL E0.0• BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. \\.\ 2/A2.3 GLASS 1 1 ED / � � "� i BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL BREAK METAL SURROUND AT PILASTER i a in 10, ∎ \ N. I DESCRIPTION REMARKS K BOBRICK � #86 DIA GRAB GRAB BAR STAIN' mouNTiN PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING . BOBRICK #O6$57 (SINGLE ROLL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER I K K K I I BOBRICK #g PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ■■ ■ SOAP P DISPENSER ■ mu NOTE: ALL ACCESSORIES LISTED ABOVE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MAY BE SUBSTITUTED WITH APPROVED EQUALS OR PER LOCAL CODES. ■■■■■■ ■■.u■■■ ■uui■■ ■■■ ■ ■m .............. •••■ ■ ■ ■ ■ •••••••••• ■■■■ ■■■ IIIMI■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■■ ■ ■■ ■1 ■ ■ ■■ ■■� ■■ I♦O■■ _ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ••• ■■ ■ ■ ■■ ■■■■■■■■ =■■■■■■■ - •• ■ • 111111111M1111111111111 ■ ■ ■■ ■■ ENN■■■�■■ ::::I:: ■■ A -2 1- ---{ A-2 { A 2 -- -{ A -2 I A-2 ---- -- » PT-4 »u -- - » zia - - _FL -- - _L =-- = -- =a _ _FT=.5 - PT-4 -- Th4. - - -D PT -5 PT-5 -- - _L 5 -- FT5 PT-4 PT-4 -- _FL -4_ -- - _ __>x -- 1'L� - -- PT -5 PT-5 f3- �_5 -- - -?L - I 1 I MARK DESCRIPTION REMARKS BOBRICK � #86 DIA GRAB GRAB BAR STAIN' mouNTiN PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING . BOBRICK #O6$57 (SINGLE ROLL TOILET PAPER DISPENSER STAINLESS STEEL. SATIN FINISH PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING ADA K #6-293 2436 ADA TILT MIRROR TI STAINLESS STEEL. SATIN FINISH PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING BOBRICK #g PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER STAINLESS STEEL SATIN FINISH - SURFACE MOUNTED PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING 4 0, SOAP P DISPENSER NOTE: ALL ACCESSORIES LISTED ABOVE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MAY BE SUBSTITUTED WITH APPROVED EQUALS OR PER LOCAL CODES. gVARE BLIO eNGEAT WATER HEATER AT WALL BEHIND STRUCTURE - SEE PLAN f EFER TO PLA AURAL BRACING 36 RE: XXX FRP RE: XXX 46 37 ADA ACCESS SIGN W/ BRAILLE R STSOO1vi TYPICAL INTERIOR ELEVATIONS "_ I SCALE: 3/S - I -O " 1. ALL SIGNS TO HAVE A LETTER HEIGHT OF 5/8" MIN TO 2" MAX. 2. ALL LETTERS TO BE RAISED 1/32 ". 3. ALL SIGNS TO HAVE CORRESPONDING GRADE II BRAILLE. 4. ALL SIGNS TO BE MOUNTED AT 60" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER OF SIGN. 5. UNISEX SIGN TO B3 12" CIRCLE, 1/4" THICK W/ 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON AND WITHIN THE CIRCLE. WITH BRAILLE IDENTIFICATION. HD n OV,L "� PLUMED " M{ Un ,m r A PT #8 PT # PT #9 FRP TO 48" ABOVE BASE ESZE ADA PIPE INSULATION DRAIN AND H QTB -1 2i -0n I I I C PT #9 FRP TO 48" ABOVE BASE m ADA PIPE INSULATION T LI1I 5I -0° 3'-S" 1' " GENERAL NOTES: 1. HOTWATER FEEDS AND DRAINS MUST BE INSULATED 2. NO ABRASIVE SURFACES TO BE EXPOSED 3. FAUCETS TO BE LEVER, PUSH OR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED 4. GRAB BARS AND ASSOCIATED BLOCKING MUST WITHSTAND 250 LBS OF PRESSURE IN ALL DIRCTIONS. GRAB BARS ARE TO MOUNTED AT 33" AFF PARALLEL TO FLOOR. 36" AFF MAX TO REAR OF TANK TYPE WATER CLOSET. TT PT #9 PT #9 FRP TO 48" ABOVE BASE ' 13-1 J E PAINT (PT -1) move 10' -0" A.F.F. TO 6' ABOVE CEILING UNE K KI 1 K PAINT (PT -1) ABOVE 10' -0' A.F.F. PAINT (PT -1) ABOVE 10' -0' A.F.F TO 6' ABOVE CEILING UNE K I 1 K 1"X4" W000 BASE - PAINT TO MATCH OSB 4 INT:RIOR ELEVATION ,,.. : SCALE: 3/S - I -D :: 1/2" x 4' -O" x 10' -0" PRE - FINISHED HIGH ORIENTED STRAND BD. (OSB) - ATTACH OSB FINISH (FINISH NAILED AND GLUED) OVER GYP. BD. UP TO 10' -0" A.F.F. ^1 FENCE POSTS (TYP) - RE 3/A10 1' x 1' x 1/16" ALUMIN -, ANGLE TYPICAL ALL CORNERS SET BACK WALL IN OPENING RE SHEET 1/A1.0 FOR LOCATION ON I/2' OSB PAM_ 1/2" x 4' -0" x 10' -O" PRE - FINISHED HIGH ORIENTED STRAND BD. (D5B) - ATTACH OSB FINISH (FINISH NAILED AND GLUED) OVER GYP. BD. UP TO 10' -0" A.F.F. NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL GRIND SMOOTH ALL SHARP EDGES ON WIRE GRID PANELS. n ON I/2' 05B PANEL. HATCH TRANSITON WITH TILE INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8 "= I -D" AUDIO SPEAKERS - 4 TYP. (2 EACH SIDE) RE: ELEC DUGS - RE: T01.0 ON 1/2" 0513 PANES. MATCH TRANSITON WITH TILE 1/2" x 4' -0" x 10' -0' PRE - FINISHED HIGH ORIENTED STRAND BD. (058) - ATTACH 05B FINISH (FINISH NAILED AND GLUED) OVER GYP. BD. UP TO 10' -0" A.F.F. - 4/A3.0 MATCH TRANSITON WITH TILE x 4' -0" x 10' -0" PRE - FINISHED HIGH ORIENTED STRAND BD. (OSB) - ATTACH OSB FINISH (FINISH NAILED AND GLUED) OVER GYP. BD. UP TO 10' -0" A.F.F. - 4/A3.0 NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL GRIND SMOOTH AU. SHARP EDGES CN WIRE GRID PANELS. PT2 ON I/2" OSB PA1€1- MATCH TRANSITON WITH TILE 3 INTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 3/S ,, , = I ' 1 "X4" WOOD BASE - PAINT TO MATCH 05B 12 AUDIO SPEAKERS - 4 TYP. (2 EACH SIDE) RE ELEC DWGS - RE TC1.0 DEMISING WALL- PAINT (PT -1) ABOVE 10' -0" A.F.F. TO 6" ABOVE CLG UNE 1' PTitS ON I/2" OSB PANE MATCH IRA/EATON WITH TILE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL 12-1 3/4' COLORED SHELVES AS INDICATED Pr*2 014 I/2" OMB PANEL MATCH TRANSITON WITH TILE DISPLAY SHELVING RE DETAIL 3&4/A3.0 - TYPICAL 1 /A2.3 1 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL BREAK METAL SURROUND AT PILASTER STYf.MARK FINISH 210- BRUSHED NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR STYLMARK FINISH 210- BRUSHED NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR a 1� N BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL BREAK METAL SURROUND AT PILLASIER T= = = RICA EV •TION SCALE: 3 /S "= I' -O" IN PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ■ PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ■ PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com ▪ ARCHITECT /DESIGNER EMNIESEMEMEN STUDIO T2 DESIG INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 1 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect. or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio 72 Design 8010 STATE UNE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX 913648.7111 APR 1. 7 2008 ® GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO, DESCRIPTION REGI BTF, Ea CT IJ e es A. Lichty State of Washington STOREFROlY MAY 22 2008 PERMIT CENTER ® DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ■ DRAWING TITLE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • DRAWING NUMBER DATE 4/16/08 A2.0 rOWNJGHT 1 OWNLIGHT 1111 1 11 1 11 11 ACRYLIC FACED LIGHT BOX WITH PANEL PINNED OFF FACE RADIUS FORM BRUSHED ALUMINUM PANEL ETCHED OR SAND BLASTED "DASH" PATTERN IN ALUM. PANEL — IF ACRYLIC, PAINT OR VINYL DIE CUT DECORATIVE AIRCRAFT CABLES FASTEN BACK TO BULKHEAD — MAY BE STRUCTURAL IF NECESSARY 3/4" PRE—FINISHED AC PLYWOOD WITH SELF — TAPPING TEK SCREWS AT 12" O.C. OVER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. RE: 1/A2.3 1 x 1 x 1 16 ALUMIN ANGLE TYPICAL ALL EXPOSED EDGES -- TYP. RE: 9/A2.4 3/4 x 3/4 BLACK "U" REVEAL TO MATCH MALL STANDARD — FRY REGLET OR EQUAL — 2/A2.2 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS GAP ( A B T C ALL T JOINTS (TY POLISH ALL EXPOSED ED ES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. MALL WALL — PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION AN REPAIR ANY DAMAGE TO LIKE NEW CONDITION — PAINT TO MALL STANDARD 3 A2.3 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL BREAK METAL SURROUND AT PILLASTER 2 A2.3 STYLMARK FINISH 210— BRUSHED NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR 1" x 1" x 1/16" ALUMINUM ANGLE ICAL ALL EXPOSED EDGES — TYP. RE: 5/A2.4 STOREFRONT SIGNAGE — SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA — RE: DETAIL 1/A2.1 BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL B METAL SURROUND AT PILLASTER 2/A2.3 I • ;' ff., e • PT #7 ��IIr1�l����11■11■�����.�__ II LANDLORD'S EXISTING ~ BULKHEAD - VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE AND COORDINATE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH DESIGNER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION 5/8 TYPE X GYPBOARD TOP OF WALL AND LIGHT COVE INTERIOR 3/4" PRE- FINISHED AC PLYWOOD WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS ON 3 5/8" (20 GA) MTL. STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.C. 10' -0" A.F.F. PLYWOOD BULKHEAD HGT. GLAZING HEIGHT TENANT GG SHALL PROVIDE LIGHT COVE AREA WITH TENANT STOREFRONT AS PER SECTION - FIELD COORDINATE EXACT CONDITIONS WITH LANDLORD FIELD TENANT COORDINATOR STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210 - BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBGONTRAGTOR. 8/A2.4 18 GA X 2" FLANGE TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM OF HEADER — ATTACH TO HEADER WITH #12 TEK SCREWS AT 16" B oC EACH SIDE 4 SCALE: SECTION AT GLASS POOR SALE: 3/S = STOREFRONT JOIST CONNECTION PETAL AT 16" O.C. EACH FLANGE (2) C8 x 1 % x 18 GA TEK SCREWS PROVIDE STIFF CLIP HE-43 (BY STEELNETWORK) EACH SIDE OF HEADER AT JAMB, ATTACH EACH STIFFCLIP TO HEADER WITH (6) #10 SCREWS EQUALLY SPACED AND TO JAMB WITH (6) #10 SCREWS EQUALLY SPACED; (12) #10 TOTAL EACH CLIP (2) C6 x 1 % x 20 GA PROVIDE 3 5/S" MTL. STUD (20 GA) DIAGONAL BRAGING AT 4'-0" O.G. 3 5/8" (20 GA) MTL. STUDS AT I6" 0.G. ANCHOR AS VERIED WITH LANDLORD 2 X 2 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING (AG -I) 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (PAINT PT -I) ON 3 5/S" (20 GA) METAL STUDS AT 16" D.G. RETURN GYPBOARD VERTICAL INTO OPENING ON SW BOX HEADER - VERTICAL SURFACE TO BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK ELECTRIC ROLL UP GRILL AND GUIDE BY TENANT MFG - INSTALLED BY TENANT MFG 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY 10.1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 16 GA BRUSHED BRITE STAINLESS STEEL OVER 3/8" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL) - STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK - OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH -- FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GG COVE LIGHT TO DIE INTO LANDLORD WALL AT THIS LOCATION SCALE: 1/2" = I'—O• 12' -0" A.F.F. GLG. HGT. II' -6" A.F.F. SOFFIT HGT. ONT ELEVATION TENANT GC TO PROVIDE FINISHED RETURN END AT LIGHT COVE ® PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKW ILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 1 PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN titoben•st2d.com IA ARCHITECT /DESIGNER • APR 17 2008 5055 REGIST ARt •I RED CT r; es A. Lichty State • f Washington • GENERAL NOTES ® REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION 1 ® DATE STOREFRONT REV RECEIVED MAY 2 2 2008 PERMIT CENTER ® DRAWING NUMBER 5 NOVEMBER 2007 NI DRAWING TITLE STOREFRONT ELEVATION SIGNAGE DETAILS STUDO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGf 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect ar undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owne No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or th Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Projec EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims an responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existir construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or othr instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts c the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the h supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of servic by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on thi project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protectic Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, includin the overall form. arrangement and composition of spaces and element appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of th Designer / Architect. My reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contain herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Desig RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrate set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of tl Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specification: applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of tl Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve tl Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all lows, code and ordinances of authorities havir jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicabl VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to constructio Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale tt drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed t others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewi: indicated. DATE 4/16/08 A2.1 TENANT STOREFRONT TO BE SELF SUPPORTING - CONNECT TO LL STRUCTURE FOR LATERAL SUPPORT ONLY PROVIDE 3 5/8" MTL. STUD (20 GA.) DIAGONAL BRACING AT 4' -0" O.G. TO TOP CHORD 3 5/8" (20 GA.) MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.G. SECURE TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS SYSTEM - RE: 4/AI.4 2 X 2 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING (AC -I) 12' -O" A.F.F. GLG. HGT. 11' -0" A.F.F. SOFFIT HGT. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (PAINT PT -I) ON 3 5/8" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. INCANDESCENT LIGHTING TYP. - RE. ELEC.. DRAWINGS %// \,r 1 , I' -1 1/2" MIN. STOREFRONT SECTION AT ININDOIN ADJACENT TO OH GRILL SCALE: I' = r--0" LANDLORD'S EXISTING BULKHEAD - VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE AND COORDINATE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH DESIGNER BE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION GYPSUM BOARD - PAINTED, BY LANDLORD 5/8 TYPE X GYPBOARD TOP OF WALL AND LIGHT COVE INTERIOR 13' -0" A.F.F. STOREFRONT HGT. TENANT GC SHALL PROVIDE LIGHT COVE AREA WITH TENANT STOREFRONT AS PER SECTION - FIELD COORDINATE EXACT CONDITIONS WITH LANDLORD FIELD TENANT COORDINATOR 3/4" PRE FINISHED AC PLYWOOD WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS ON 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ON 6 (20 GA.) MTL. STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.G. 10' -0" A.F.F. PLYWOOD BULKHEAD HGT. GLAZING HEIGHT (2) CONT 8" DP x 16 GA DALE /INGOR TYPE "JWE" STRUCT STUD HEADER IN/CONT TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, TIED TO 6" 20 GA STUD COLUMNS IN STOREFRONT WING WALL - REFER TO PLAN AND DETAIL 2 /A2.I FOR LOCATION LEASE LINE I/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 16 GA BRUSHED BRITE STAINLESS STEEL OVER 3/8" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL) - STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK - OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH - FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GC STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210 - BRUSHED BRITS NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A23 LANDLORD'S EXISTING BULKHEAD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE AND GOORD I NATE ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH DESIGNER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION — I 1 0 I "x4 "WOOD BASE (WB -I OANLI•H NJ + + + +1 I NGANDESC E G M OUN DRAININ L GYPSUM BOARD - PAINTED, BY LANDLORD 5/8 TYPE X GYPBOARD TOP OF WALL AND LIGHT COVE INTERIOR 13' -0" A.F.F. STOREFRONT HGT. TENANT GC SHALL PROVIDE LIGHT COVE AREA WITH TENANT STOREFRONT AS PER SECTION - FIELD COORDINATE EXACT CONDITIONS WITH LANDLORD FIELD TENANT COORDINATOR 3/4" PRE - FINISHED AC PLYWOOD WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS ON 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ON 6" (20 GA.) MTL. STUD FRAMING AT 16" O.G. 0 10'-0" A.F.F. PLYWOOD BULKHEAD HGT. GLAZING HEIGHT (2) CONT 8" DP x 16 GA DALE/INCOR TYPE "JWE" STRUGT STUD HEADER W/CONT TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, TIED TO 6" 20 GA STUD COLUMNS IN STOREFRONT WING WALL - REFER TO PLAN AND DETAIL 2/A2.I FOR LOCATION LEASE LINE 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 16 GA BRUSHED BRITS STAINLESS STEEL OVER 3/8" FRT PLY/ND OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL) - STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK - OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH - FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GC STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A2.5 STOREFRONT SECTION AT WINDOW SGALE: I" w I -0. \ �'/ I' -ci 1/2" MIN. \ q" IvLIIIlIif FI oit- 4-tc TENANT STOREFRONT TO BE SELF SUPPORTING - CONNECT TO LL STRUCTURE FOR LATERAL SUPPORT ONLY PROVIDE 3 5/8" MTL. STUD (20 GA.) DIAGONAL BRACING AT 4' -O" O.G_ TO TOP CHORD 3 5/8" (20 GA.) MTL. STUDS AT 16" D.G. SECURE TO TOP CHORD OF TRUSS SYSTEM - RE: 4/AI.4 2 X 2 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING (AG -I) 12' -O" A.F.F. GLG. HGT. 11' -0" A.F.F. SOFFIT HGT. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (PAINT PT -I) ON 3 5/8" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. ENT LIGHTING TYP. -- RE: S D TRACK LIGHTING - RE: S JAS • ® PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ■ PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ■ PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tItobenost2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE UNE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents. drawings. or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do riot bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall farm, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio 72 Design 5 REGISTERED ARC h ECT Jar es A. Lichty Stets of Washington • GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ■ REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION • DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 S DRAWING TITLE STOREFRONT SECTION • DRAWING NUMBER No V 0 ' 7 209/ NOV 30 2007 P�r 3i'Wb8 I CEN tl x Ei" DATE A2.2 GLASS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL SILL AND HEADER HARDWARE ALL GLAZING STRIPS, SETTING BLOCKS, END CAPS AND CONNECTION BRACKETS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM STYLMARK 226025 GLAZING STRIPS SETTING BLOCK 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS TYP. 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR STYLMARK 110481 ALUMINUM SILL STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL FINISH 210— BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL STYLMARK 110358 ANCHOR PLATE 5 STOREFRONT GLASS SILL CHANNEL DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'—O" 3/4" PRE— FINISHED AC PLYWOOD (EACH SIDE) WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS ON 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD ON 6" (20 GA.) METAL STUDS AT 16" O.C. 6" (20 GA.) METAL STUD TRACK (CONTINOUS) — TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN — RE: STOREFRONT SECTION STYLMARK 110360 WINDOW HEADER 4 STOREFRONT GLASS HEADER CHANNEL DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'—O" FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 1" x 1" x 1/16" ALUMINUM ANGLE — TYPICAL ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD EDGES ON STOREFRONT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR EXISTING DEMISING WALL LEASE LINE EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED WINC WALL — PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION 3/4 x 3/4 BLACK "U" REVEAL TO MATCH MALL STANDARD — FRY REGLET OR EQUAL STOREFRONT LL WING WALL DETAIL (LEFT SIDE PACING) SCALE: 1 I/2" =ILO" TENANT WALL SHOE DISPLAY SYSTEM EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN 6" METAL STUDS 25 GA FURRING WALL BY TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR -- HOLD FACE TIGHT TO EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS INTERIOR OSB 16 GA BRUSHED BRITE STAINLESS STEEL OVER 5/8" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL) — STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK — OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH — FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GC 6" METAL STUDS 20 GA — AS PER SECTION DETAILS — RE: 2/A2.1 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (BC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES Y GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210— BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A2.3 16 GA BRUSHED BRITE STAINLESS STEEL OVER 5/8" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL — STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK — OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH — FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GC 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP IBC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED ED ES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210— BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 8/A2.4 6" METAL STUDS 20 GA — AS PER SECTION DETAILS -- RE: 2/A2.1 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS IBC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210— BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A2.3 2 STOREFRONT DOOR COLUMNS (MIRROR RIGHT) SCALE: 1 1/2" = I' -0" 6" METAL STUDS 25 GA FURRING WALL BY TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR -- HOLD FACE TIGHT TO EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS INTERIOR OSB 16 GA BRUSHED BRITE STAINLESS STEEL OVER 5/8" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL ) — STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK — OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH — FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GC 6" METAL STUDS 20 GA — AS PER SECTION DETAILS — RE: 2/A2.1 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS 1 IBC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210— BRUSHED BRITS NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A2.3 I EXISTING DEMISING WALL I LEASE LINE --- \ 1 I' -2" STOREFRONT NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL (RT SIDE FACING) SCALE: 1 1/2" = I'—O" REVIEWED FOR 1 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN - 6 2008 City Of Tukwila B . ILDING DIVISION ` EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED NEUTRAL PIER — PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION 3/4 x 3/4 BLACK "U" REVEAL TO MATCH MALL STANDARD — FRY REGLET OR EQUAL ® PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ® PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com ® ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design 11 11111111M111111111M11111M1111111111MMI 505 APR 1 7 2008 Jarr State REG IST AR 'n RED CT : s A. Llchty f Washington MUM ■t■ MIT NMI M GENERAL NOTES IIENEMMIIII RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ® REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION 1 I® DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 STOREFRONT REV RECEIVED MAY 22 2008 PERMIT CENTER DATE 4/16/08 ® DRAWING TITLE STOREFRONT DETAILS ® DRAWING NUMBER A2.3 IN PROJECT MESSEEMENEMBEEIMS ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tItoben•st2d.com ® ARCHITECT /DESIGNER 1 • DATE JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 APR 1 7 2000 ® GENERAL NOTES STOREFRONT REV RECEW Fr MAY 22 2006 PERMIT CENTS I ■ DRAWING NUMBER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUfTE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure. site conditions. existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ® REVISIONS NO, DESCRIPTION DATE a /16/08 5 NOVEMBER 2007 II DRAWING TITLE STOREFRONT DETAILS A2.4 6 1/2" BRUSHED STAINLESS S 1 YtL BREAK METAL SURROUND AT t 2' , y ' / STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITS NATURAL BY GLASS SUBGONTRAGTOR 8/A2.4 GLASS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL GLAZING STRIPS, SETTING BLOCKS, END REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE STOREFRONT 2 SILL AND HEADER HARDWARE ALL GAPS AND CONNECTION BRACKETS A5 GLAZING SYSTEM 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS TYP. I/4" GAP AT 3/4" PRE- FINISH)D AG PLYWOOD (EACH -40 SIDE) WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS ON 5/S TYPE X GYPBOARD DN 6 (22 GAa METAL STUDS AT I6" O.G. 6" (22 GA,) METAL STUD TRACK MTL STUDS AS REGI'D (CFO!) ' PILLASTER ,- ROLLING GRILLE TRACK PER MFRS STI75, CENTER OF COLUMN =� III. dI FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED I" x I" x I/16" ALUMINUM ANGLE - TYPICAL ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD EDGES ON III ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES $Y GLASS SUBGONTRAGTDR ST 110481 ALUMINUM SILL STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITS NATURAL 3 x 3 x 1/4" STEEL TUBE W/INTERNAL U- BRACKET PLATE WITH 2 "PHILLIPS" HN -1230 SLEEVE ANCHORS BY GATE MANUFACTURER ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLA55 CHANNEL TOP AND FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITS BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. BOTTOM NATURAL 8/A2.4 I /4" GA ` 1 SH All- ALL GRILL STYLMARK 226025 GLAZING STR IPS I STOREFRONT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ( RE STO SECT! ON HERE SHOWN - STYLMARK I I 0360 NI NDOIAI HEADER a GLASS STOREFRONT HEAD I - SECTION iv SETTING BLOCK 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS TYP. 1/4" GAP AT 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS TYP. 1/4" GAP AT I 5 5 PILLASTER 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS TYP. AT ALL JO 1 NTS (TYP) POL T ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH EXPOSED EDGES Si' GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. AT OH ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR 6 GLASS STOREFRONT BASE - PLAN STYLMARK 1 10358 ANCHOR PLATE 121, - GLASS STOREFRONT BASE - SECTION = _ 3/4" FINISHED AG PLYWOOD (EACH 2 I /2" ANGLE TO BEAM OR JOISTS FOR <> Ill THROUGH BOLT AT TOP OF PLATE . REVIE� WED � FO CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED U N - �Q� S \ \ \/ \ 1 1 / / / / T - H 1 1/4" PRE- SIDE) WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS ON 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD ON 3 -5/8" (22 GA) METAL STUDS AT 16" D.G. 3 5/8" (22 GA) METAL STUD TRACK (GONTINOUS) -- TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN PT -5 3" 3" GALVANIZED WIRE CLOTH (5 GA) - o - 0 LATERAL SUPPORT ONLY ,,,,, x WELED TO I -�1/S DIAMETER GALVANIZED FENCE POST - RE: DETAIL 4/A2.4 V 4 WIRE GRILL L1 - -1 DETAIL I" x 1" x I /I6" ALUMINUM ANGLE - TYPICAL ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD EDGES ON STOREFRONT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR AT STOREFRONT GRILLE BRACKET PLATE TAP FASTENERS GRILLE CURTAIN SCALE: 1 1/2' = ILO' .-�� IL�ti 5 WIRE GRILL MITER TYPICAL GUT AND WELD ALL CORNERS GALVANIZED METAL FENCE ■ ■ I i I ' 17/8" DIA. POST II4i I mihmi TO DETAIL 411111•11 STRAP AT I AT STOREFRONT TENSION BAND City Of Tukwila BUILD N DIVISION • 1 9 0-7 00,0_ Loi. 1,46 : _6 O N a < O J < INTERNAL U- BRACKET BASE PLATE WITH a ix 0 1_ I 1- o °- D U ' 1111 • 14111 Jfr I I' 1 GRILLE GUIDE id I" ANCHOR I 11 GALVANIZED I STOREFRONT TENSION BAR GALVANIZED WIRE GRID (5 GA) WITH 3x3 GRID - WELD TO TENSION BARS AND ANCHOR TO FENCE RAIL WITH �� GALVANIZED TENSION BANDS AT 15 O.G. 18" O.G. BULKHEAD 3 "x3" OR 4 "x4" TUBE COLUMN SUPPORT - FASTEN TO STRUGTURE ABOVE USING ANGLE BRACING SCALE: 1 I /2' = 11"0" 3 3 I/4" STEEL TUBE W/ x x 4 1/2" x 5" BASE PLATE, ANGHORED TO STRUCTURE • • GRILL ABOVE (BY GATE MFG) 16' 0.G. (20 GA) METAL STUD FRAMING AT 2 "PHILLIPS" HN -I230 SLEEVE ANCHORS I STOREFRONT GATE STRUCTURE 40 1 r 2 STOREFRONT OH (2) 6" 16 STUD HEADER GOVT GA W/CONT TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK, TIED TO GRILL TUBE BEYOND WITH 16 GA MTL STUD BLOCKING RECESS OPENING SCALE: 1 1/2 - ILO" SCALE: 1 1/2 = ILO" IN PROJECT MESSEEMENEMBEEIMS ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tItoben•st2d.com ® ARCHITECT /DESIGNER 1 • DATE JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 APR 1 7 2000 ® GENERAL NOTES STOREFRONT REV RECEW Fr MAY 22 2006 PERMIT CENTS I ■ DRAWING NUMBER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUfTE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure. site conditions. existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ® REVISIONS NO, DESCRIPTION DATE a /16/08 5 NOVEMBER 2007 II DRAWING TITLE STOREFRONT DETAILS A2.4 GLASS CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL SILL AND HEADER HARDWARE ALL GLAZING STRIPS, SETTING BLOCKS, END CAPS AND CONNECTION BRACKETS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM STYLMARK 226025 GLAZING STRIPS SETTING BLOCK 12 :: STYLMARK 110461 ALUMINUM SILL STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITS NATURAL STYLMARK 110556 ANCHOR PLATE STOREFRONT GLASS SILL CHANNEL DETAIL SGALE: 1 I/2• = I'—O" I /2" TEMPERED GLASS TYP. 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR 3/4" PRE- FINISHED AG PLYWOOD (EACH SIDE) WITH SELF TAPPING TEK SCREWS ON 5/6" TYPE X GYPBOARD ON 6" (20 GA) METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. 6" (20 GA) METAL STUD TRACK (CONTINOUS) - TYPICAL WHERE SHOWN - RE: STOREFRONT SECTION STYLMARK 110560 WINDOW HEADER 4 STOREFRONT GLASS HEADER CHANNEL DETAIL SGALE: 1 I/2" = FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED I" x I" x 1/16" ALUMINUM ANGLE - TYPICAL ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD EDGES ON STOREFRONT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LEASE LINE EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED NEUTRAL PIER - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION 3/4 x 3/4 BLACK "U" REVEAL TO MATCH MALL STANDARD - FRY REGLET OR EQUAL I i 1 1 , 1 EXISTING DEMISING WALL ' � J I' -2" 3 STOREFRONT NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL (LEFT SIDE FACING) SCALE, 1 I/2" = TENANT WALL SHOE DISPLAY SYSTEM EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN b" METAL STUDS 25 GA FURRING WALL BY TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR - HOLD FACE TIGHT TO EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMNS INTERIOR 05B 16 GA BRUSHED BRITE STAINLESS STEEL OVER 5 /S" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/S" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL) - STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK - OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH - FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GC 6" METAL STUDS 20 GA - AS PER SECTION DETAILS - RE: 2/A2.I 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY II). I /4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A2.3 16 GA BRUSHED BRITS STAINLESS STEEL OVER 5/6" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/6" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL) - STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK - OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH - FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY 60 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY II) FRAMELESS DOOR WITH BRUSHED STAINLESS HARDWARE BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR I /2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITS NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 6/A2.4 6" METAL STUDS 20 GA - AS PER SECTION DETAILS - RE: 2/A2.I I /2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY II). 1/4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A2.5 1' -2" 1' -2" SCALE; DOOR COLUMNS (MIRROR RIGHT) -••~ SC" L ; I I /2• = ILO" Liq 6" METAL STUDS 25 GA FURRING WALL BY TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR - HOLD FACE TIGHT TO EXISTIN6 STRUCTURAL COLUMNS INTERIOR 05B 16 GA BRUSHED BRITE STAINLESS STEEL OVER 5 /S" FRT PLYWD OVER 5/8" TYPE X GYPBOARD (ALL SIDES TYPICAL) - STAINLESS STEEL FINISH TO MATCH STOREFRONT WINDOW CHANNEL BY STYLMARK - OBTAIN SAMPLE AND MATCH - FURNISHED AND INSTALLATION BY GC 6" METAL STUDS 20 GA - AS PER SECTION DETAILS - RE: 2 /A2.I 1/2" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TYP (IBC CATEGORY II). I /4" GAP AT ALL JOINTS (TYP) POLISH ALL EXPOSED EDGES BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. STYLMARK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLASS CHANNEL TOP AND BOTTOM FINISH 210- BRUSHED BRITE NATURAL BY GLASS SUBCONTRACTOR. 5/A2.3 1' -2" STOREFRONT NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL (RT SIDE FAG I NG) SGALEI 1 I/2" = I -0• EXISTING DEMISING WALL 1 1 LEASE LINE 1 REVIEW W CODE CO pu:A 2 5 CftyCsTk 1 7 1 rt • EXISTING LANDLORD PROVIDED NEUTRAL PIER - PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION 5/4 x 3/4 BLACK "U" REVEAL TO MATCH MALL STANDARD - FRY REGLET OR EQUAL • • PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTRELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltobenast2d.com ■ ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall farm, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION NOV0 7 2007 1 A n ECT iai State • GENERAL NOTES • DRAWING NUMBER es A. Lichty of Washington RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility far satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. NOV 3 0 21107 • DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE STOREFRONT DETAILS 1111E2 DATE A2.3 SPRINKLER GONTRAGTOR TO PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEAD ABOVE AND BELOW SUSPENDED GEILING PANEL TO ENSURE PROPER SPRINKLER COVERING BELOW PANELS. PERFORATED METAL 2"x4" SOLID METAL ANGLE IS GA. GALVANIZED FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE. GENTER MOUNT TO METAL ANGLE ON EA. OF 4 SIDES. 4 "x4" GORNER ANGLE IS GA. METAL CE I L I NCB CLOUD ISOMETRIC AND SECTIONS SGALE: 3/4 AND I -12° = I' -0° ALL VERTICAL SUPPORT WIRES ARE TO BE 12 GA. SEGURE TO STEEL ABOVE OR TO METAL DECK 2/ HILTI GG27ZF21 GEILING GLIP. INSTALL PER IGG ES REPORT ER -5457. ALL WIRE ENDS TO BE WRAPPED WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 TIGHT TURNS AROUND SELF STEEL STRAP 1 WIDE X 2° LANG X 12 GA MINIMUM "D" TYPICAL RE- LIGHTING PLAN I/4° DIA HILTI KY4IK BOLT 3 W/2 EMESEDMENT. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE HITH IGG E5 REPORT zR -I3b5 12 GA SPLAYED SEISMIG ESRAGING HIRE ■/ MIN 3 TIGHT TURNS ON SELF (4) 12 GA. WIRES - SPLAYED c10° FROM EAGH OTHER AT 45° MAX WIRES. SECURE FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL OR JOISTS ABOVE PER SPLAYED SEISMIG BRAGING WIRE ATTACHMENT DETAIL BELOW - DO NOT ATTAGT TO LL DEGK METAL- DECK OR CONCRETE STRUCTURE "D° TYPICAL RE_ LIGHTING FLAN SCALE: NT5 PERFORATED METAL PANEL (1 /8° DIA HOLES) FASTENED TO SLOTTED METAL ANGLE HITH EOLT AND 3 /a° HASHER - SPAGE AS NEG 5 5ARY_ N Z9 611WARD GEMS 1 I/4° DIA. HOLE DRILLED FOR #t2 WI PERM TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WW1 - GL4IIL9Z FUME TO FETAL - FLUORESGENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE. FASTEN TO METAL ANGLE <� S a SEISMIC HIRE SUPPORTS TO STRUGTURE ASOVE GALVANIZED GOVT, METAL ANGLE I° DIA. EYEBOLT NUT AND HASH $ IO' -o A.F.F. i AT A -I 3' -10 1/2" O.G. i t i AT A -2 4' -O" AT A-I 3 AT A -2 NOTE: ANCHOR WIRE GRID TO GYP. BD. WALL WITH itS "E -Z ANGHOR" AND *S -I 1/4" STEEL SCREW AT 16" O_G_ EACH WAY START AT TOP OF GRID K t ) 4' -7 1/2" O.G. 4 SLOTTED WALL DISPLAY - TYPICAL ELEVATION /SECTION ALTERNATE ASSEMBLY: PROVIDE 6" WIDE 20 GA. METAL STRIPS ATTAGHED DIRECTLY TO METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. HORIZONTAL ANGHOR HIRE GRID WITH 8" SDSTSM SGREWS AT 16" O_G EACH WAY - START AT TOP WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH SHIELD RE: DETAIL 5 /A3 POST GAP 3" x 3" GALVANIZED WIRE GRID (5 GA) MOUNTED TO WALL BRACE BAND PRE -- FINISHED SLOTTED DISPLAY SHELF - RE: DETAIL 2/A3 RAI L -END SET SGREW - TYP. AT EAGH SHELF I f /S" GALVANIZED METAL FENCE POST DRAGE BAND BASE FLANGE POST GAP 3 "x3 "GALV. WIRE GRID (5 GA) HORIZONTAL BARS IN FRONT nV 17/S" GALV. METAL FENCE POST BASE FLANGE BRAGE BAND 1 3/8" GALV: FENGE RAIL RAIL -END ci 1/2" FAGE OF WALLO WITH 0.S.B. FINISH N.T.S. 1 cJ a_ r l O �I OO / >Y OO / J O O �O / I O RAIL -END BRAGE BAND SET SGREW POST GAP I 1/8" GALVANIZED METAL FENGE POST 'U' BOLT - RE: DETAIL I /A3 0 0 g PRE - FINISHED SLOT [ 1 P DISPLAY SHELF BASE FLANGE ANGHOR 1A1/(2) 1/4" DIA HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 W/2" EMBEDMENT. INSTALL IN AGGORDNAGE WITH IGG ES REPORT ESR -I355 3" x 3" GALVANIZED WIRE GRID (5 GA) MOUNTED TO WALL BASE FLANGE - GONNEGT TO METAL STUDS OR WALL BLOGKING WITH #S SDSTSM SGREWS (4 PER FLANGE) 1 3/S" GALVANIZED METAL FENCE RAIL 5 SLOTTED INALL DISPLAY - ISOMETRIC CONNECTION DETA I L SCALE: t" = I' -0° FLUORESCENT FIXTURE RE: ELEG. DRAWINGS 10' -0" A.F.F. v TOP OF LIGHT 26 GA. BREAK MTL. SHIELD PAINTED (PT -I) - PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL GONTRAGTOR. BEND SHIELD AS INDICATED AND ANGHOR TO FLUORESCENT FIXTURE NTH SHEET MTL. SGREWS. 1 NOTE: FLUORESCENT TUBE SHOULD NOT BE VISIBLE FROM THE SALES AREA FAGE OF STUD WALL 1/2" 055 UP TO 10' -0" A.F.F. "K" IN /ALL LIGHT AT SLOTTED DISPLAY - TYPICAL SCALE: H2 = ILO° qzlo 0 SCALE: I -I/2° = 1'-0° U 4' -0" AT A -1 3/4" PRE - FINISHED SLO 1 I CD MDF DISPLAY SHELF 8 SLOTS AT 4S" - 6 SLOTS AT 31" EQUALLY SPACED i 3Q'" AT A -2 i i SLOTTED INALL SHELF y- TYPICAL CODE 07.3NIPLIANCRI. OO Ln 1 7/S" DIA GALVANIZED METAL FENCE POST 3/4" PRE FINISHED MDF SLO I I ED DISPLAY MATERIAL GUT INTO - ES 1/2" THIGK MDF TOE STOP SLOTTED WALL SHELF - SECTION SGALE: 3 = I' -0 G 1/2" FAGE OF HALL 1/4" U -BOLT 1 3/8" DIA. GALVANIZED META FENCE RAIL PrA Ltslw ® PROJECT it JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ■ PROJECT NUMBER 07436-17 II PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tttoben•st2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER imiwaiminaum STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE UNE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PR 913.649.6037 FAX 913618.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and/or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used far any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only- Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited- (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design 47A � 6 2008 II GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ▪ REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION DATE 1 • DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE FIXTURE DETAILS CORRECTION LTR# • DRAWING NUMBER • CITY CODE COMMENTS RECEIVED MTV OF T!J I{wILA JAN 1 8 100$ 1117/08 A3.0 FLUORESCENT STRIP LIGHT FIXTURE. CENTER MOUNT TO METAL ANGLE ON EA. OF 4 p. SIDES. 1 ALL VERTICAL SUPPORT WIRES ARE TO BE 12 GA. SECURE TO STEEL ABOVE OR TO METAL DECK 2/ HILTI GG27ZF27 CEILING CLIP. INSTALL PER IGG ES REPORT ER -5457. ALL WIRE ENDS TO BE WRAPPED WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 TIGHT TURNS AROUND SELF 64 , r�= 6 �O 4 "D" .: - -1 �I ' i . / ' 4 1.,,, T), ? . �' I 2.-: AW i � $' �. w ■''-'16P- E TYPICAL RE- LIGHTING PLAN (4) 12 GA. WIRES SPLAYED c10° FROM EACH OTHER AT 45° MAX WIRES. SECURE FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL ABOVE OR TO METAL DECK PER SPLAYED SEISMIC BRACING WIRE ATTACHMENT DETAIL BELOW SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ISMIC WIR ""RE A FL 3, ` 4/j ,% o,�' � - 7 /0 4 NOTE. FLUORESCENT TUBE SHOULD NOT BE VISIBLE FROM THE SALES AREA FLUORESCENT FIXTURE RE: ELEC. DRAWINGS �� 2 ANGLE GALVANIZED PERFORATED 6 CEILING "x4" SOLID I S GA. " SUSPENDED CEILING PANEL. I I 1 r •I■ ■• ■ /%I ME 10' - O" A.F.F. FACE OF STUD WALL 1/2" 0513 UP TO IO' -O" A.F.F. ' 11/4" DIA. HOLE METAL _ 0 5 , z� x x� LAY-IN DRILLED #I2 W1 : STRUCTURE ABOVE r = � O $ _ TOP OF LIGHT 26 BREAK MTL. SHIELD PAIN • = , METAL I/4' DIA HILTI KKK BOLT I;ral Ac ANC WITH IGG E 5 GGOP -. T f_ VERIFY - cenez MIME TO FETAL - FLUORESCENT STRI LI6HT FIXTURE. FASTEN TO METAL ALE GA. (PT - I) - PROVIDED BY GENERAL GONTRAGTOR. SHIELD AS INDICATED TO FLUORESCENT SHEET MTL. SCREWS. " WALL 5 AND FIXTURE INSTALLED BEND AND ANCHOR WITH LIGHT T SLOTTED DISPLAY - I I I- I G�4L 4"x4" CORNER ANGLE 18 GA. METAL r,� L DECK OR STRUCTURE AW\ t &ALVAHIZED GOUT. -E STEEL STRAP I" WIDE X 2 / Z • LONG. X 12 SA MINIMUM T "D" T T T T T TYPICAL R)=: LI6HTINS PLAN CORRUGATED FIBERGLASS FASTED 1' DIA. EYEBOLT NUT AND WASHER TO AND 12 &A SPLAYED SEISMIC CLOUD ISOMETRIC AND SECTIONS BRAGIN6 HIRE kV MIN 3 TIEFIT TURNS ON 5E4F SCALE: NT5 SLOTTED METAL ANSLE WITH BOLT 3 /b" WASHER - SPACE AS NECESSARY. SCALE 3/4' AND I -I/2' = 1' -0" SCALE: 1 -1/2" = ILO" ' a' -o.: A.F.F. POST GAP - - 1 •- 3" x 3" GALVANIZED WIRE GRID (5 GAS MOUNTED TO WALL - BASE FLANGE - CONNECT TO 0 0 3/4" PRE- FINISHED NOTE: BD. AND O.G. GRID ANCHOR WIRE GRID TO GYP. WALL WITH #S "E -Z ANCHOR" ALTERNATE ASSEMBLY: PROVIDE 6" WIDE 20 GA. METAL STRIPS ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO METAL STUDS AT 16" O.G. HORIZONTAL ANCHOR WIRE GRID WITH 8" SDSTSM SCREWS AT 16" D.G EACH WAY - START AT TOP / \ \ . FLOOR #S -I 1/4" 51 ti=L SCREW AT 16" EACH WAY START AT TOP OF SLOTTED MDF DISPLAY SHELF 4' -7 1/2" O.G G c 01 ii0-,01 \ \ AT A -I .._ .__ .... _ . -..: ' __: _ _. ii: :i_ -: ` .-- ._ -., . ;' :..:... �■.__: �_::::- -� — AT A -2 r 4' WALL MOUNTED �/ : ' %' . AT A -I 3' -0" m FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH SHIELD RE: DETAIL 5/A3 POST GAP f AT A -2 _.: _. - ..._.. -- __ - . .1 I O ' . O , o n BLOCKING SCREWS i _ WITH S �SDSTSM (4 PER FLANGE) - - ` I _ I �:.._ -..: , _ -_ -, =- - = = = =-- -� = PO ST GAP _ .� `' . �i / ; , , ;111 /' 8 SLOTS AT 45" - 6 SLOTS AT 3q" EQUALLY SPACED 4 o AT �k-1 '- " ■ . WIRE 3 GRID (5 GA) HORIZONTAL BARS IN FRONT .■ ',CA 1 O g g O RAIL -END I O �Ii � i \ ` J ► `i 1 I I / ' I 3a" AT A -2 3" x 3" GALVANIZED WIRE GRID (5 GA) , _; A ' C�� s`... �e�� I�L�.,. i ' ) „ S e . . ; .----------- MOUNTED TO WALL � / / , ' / / N /; CJI ME .E Po BRAGS BAND !f!: JMALL SHD - TYP I GAL ":.°. .....-�� T. .._..,_ _ ..._._ BASE FLANGE PRE FINISHED r,/, " 17/8 DIA GALVANIZED METAL FENCE POST �� a iii '% , , j� / / , ��/ BRACE BAND \ m L - SLOTTED DISPLAY /% ; / �� L�� � — ■-- SHELF RE: - DETAIL 2/A3 RAIL -END / 1 3/8" FENCE RAIL GAL /. . ,P O BRAGS BAND SET SCREW - d_- k m RAIL -END It /�, /// � // //! // / 3/4" PRE - FINISHED MDF SLOTTED DISPLAY MATERIAL GUT INTO - 4 5 iiii - ����I r FACE OF WALL Q �� 1 7 S GALVANIZED METAL FENCE POST 'U' �i �� . 0 1 3/8" GALVANIZED METAL FENCE RAIL '' � � O / _ Q I/2 — — — - — /� — • -- — = m /� BOLT - RE: DETAIL I /A3 PRE- FINISHED SLOTTED OF WALL-/ L /// ' /' ti ' 1/2" MDF TOE a im I /4" U -SOLI 13 8" DIA. / GALYAN I ZED META_' FENCE RAIL !// / / // /// j � // / / /i� SET SCREW - TYP. FACE WITH m _ � AT EACH SHELF O.S.B. FINISH 1 'i / /; j o DISPLAY SHELF �� BASE FLANGE ANCHOR 2 1 / 4" LF! l 17/8" GALVANIZED - ry METAL FENCE POST BRACE BAND j j y ,- p DIA HILTI EMBEDMENT. AGGORDNAGE ESR -1385 5 SLOTTED KWIK BOLT INSTALL WITH IGG WALL 3 W/2') I N ES REPORT DISPLAY - ISOMETRIC CONNECTION DETAIL 1/// // / - Eiji - / // O 1 T BASE FLANGE THICK STOP 1 SLOTTED WALL SHELF - SECTION 4 SLOTTED DISPLAY - TYPICAL ELEVATION /SECTION I.T.S. " WALL ■ PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ■ PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com ■ ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility far the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING hos been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design • 5055 NOV 0 7 2007 REGIS` E1 -:,ED AE! n' ` CT es A. .: chty of Washington ■ GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is o single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION • • DRAWING NUMBER • DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE FIXTURE DETAILS NOV 3 0 2007 PE i CEN I EF DATE A3.0 0- 1:} y i n m d Doi 4L-eo 0 N 0 O in 0 : N SCALE! 3/4" = ILO" 3 DOUBLE GASH WRAF -- FLAN VIEW 6" X 6" DOOR FOR COMPUTER AGGESS- FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOGAT ON ~ 1 1/2" EMT CONDUIT (PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR) -- LOCATE J -BOXES ABOVE CEILING AND WITHIN GASHWRAP- TYPICAL EACH SIDE RE: ELEGTRIGAL DRAWINGS P.O.S. STATION WITH PLYWOOD SHELVING PROVIDED BY FIXTURE GONTRAGTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR I K —I 1 IL- COUNTER / GLASS DISPLAY WITH DISPLAY LIGHTING PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR LOCATION OF JOURNEYS BENT DISPLAY GRAPHIC - PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR P.D.S. STATION WITH PLYWOOD SHELVING PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE CONTINUOUS CLEAR SILICONE BEAD AT JOINT BETWEEN ACCESSORY CASE AND POS STAND, TYPICAL 6" X 6" DOOR FOR COMPUTER AGGESS- FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOGATI ON LOCATION OF JOURNEYS BENT DISPLAY GRAPHIC - PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR COUNTER / GLASS DISPLAY WITH DISPLAY LIGHTING PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL GONTRAGTOR I K -1 I P.O.S. STATION WITH PLYWOOD SHELVING PROVIDED BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL GONTRAGTOR IL-11 TELEPHONE- LOCATE AS I ND I GATED ADJACENT TO COMPUTER DISKETTE DOOR 6" X 6" DOOR FOR COMPUTER AGGESS- FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION 2'- 11 TELEPHONE- LOCATE AS INDICATED ADJACENT TO COMPUTER DISKETTE DOOR 2 5' -O" ADA SERVICE AREA (MIN. 3' -O" WIDTH) PLYWOOD SHELF DOUBLE GASH WRAP - REAR ELEVATION 5GALEM 3/4" = POWER POLE (I 1/2" EMT CONDUIT) GASHWRAP TO CEILING - BRACE TO STRUCTURE - PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR RE: ELEGTRIGAL DRAWINGS 2' -O" LOGATION OF JOURNEYS BENT DISPLAY GRAPHI G - PROVIDED BY SIGN CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR qc 2 5 C ODE CO PL �;d2 ; � c r - ' a t' i ,,.,,, 6 "X6 " DOOR FOR COMPUTER AGGESS- FIE VERIFY EXACT LOGATION' TYPICAL OF (2) GLASS SHELVES A/G PLYWOOD BASE CABINET STAINED AND SEALED • PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ■ PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tltoben•st2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design • 8010 STATE UNE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 5055 NOV 0 7 2C State REGIS FRED A * CE ! TECT es A. Licht, of Washington • GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described an this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ■ REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION • L ; NOV 3 0 2007 r6sdoal CL�v i,E—� DATE • DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE FIXTURE DETAILS • DRAWING NUMBER A3.1 4' r 4' 4' 3' 3' 4' J 4' 4' 3' 3' r 4' 4' 3' 3' J 4' 4' 3' 31 r 4 ' 4' 3' 3' J 4 ' 4' 3' 3' r 4' 4' 3' 3' J 4' 4' 3' 3' I' 4' 4' 3' 3' J 4' 4' 3' 3' 7/16 "0 HOLES WIRE GRID DISPLAY COLUMN, FOOTPLATE AND ANCHOR NOTES: 3' -0" ATTACH TO POST TO FOOTPLATE W/ (1) #10 x 5/8" LG. SHT. METAL SCREW FOOT PLATE N) 3/16" x 3/8" SLOT w w m w FLOOR ANCHOR - (1) REQUIRED PER BASE PLATE REF. NOTE #5 • STOCKROOM SHELVING (TYP) 4' 4' 4' 1. LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURE DESIGNED PER THE 2003 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE SEISMIC ZONE S 1.50, S .50, SITE CLASS D. 2. STORAGE CAPACITY: 60# PER SHELF (MAXIMUM). 3. ALL BOLTS A307 (UNLESS NOTED) 4. ANCHORS HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 OR APPROVED EQUAL ICC ESR -1385. 5. EXISTING CONCRETE 4" THICK x 2000 PSI (MINIMUM) 6. SOIL BEARING PRESSURE 1000 PSF (MINIMUM) 7. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR ANCHOR INSTALLATION 8. COORDINATE AND VERIFY ALL PLAN DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 9. SHELVING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. PROVIDE PERMANENT SIGNAGE USING 1Y2" HIGH, BOLD, RED LETTERING ON WHITE BACKGROUND WHICH STATES THE FOLLOWING: "SHELVING UNITS TO SUPPORT NO MORE THAN 60 POUNDS PER SHELF." LOCATE SIGNS (4 TOTAL) WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN ( *) AT A HEIGHT OF 5' -6" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR TO CENTER OF SIGN. 4' STOCKROOM SHELVING (TYP) 3' -7 1/2" FIXTURE PLAN - STOCKROOM 7 3' -0" 1/4" = 1' -0" STEEL REINFORCED PARTICLE BOARD PLAN NORTH SLOT IN BACK TABS ON UNDERSIDE SHELF TOP - REGULAR DUTY L' A BACK -TO -BACK CONNECTOR #8 X 5/8 SMS, (4) PER CONNECTOR OPEN OR CLOSED UPRITES COL MN AND ONNECTION DETAILS SHELF DETAIL METAL EDGE REINFORCEMENT SOLID BACK UPRITE POST CROSS -BRACE 36" & 48" FOOT PLATE REF. 2/51.1 BACK BRACE CEILING BOTTOM.OF SPRINKLER DEFLECTORS SHELF (TYP) REF. 4/51.1 BRACE (TYP) REF. 6/51.1 UPRITE BRACE 2- #8 SCREWS (TYPICAL) 3 T.O. SHELF CONTENTS UPRITE COLUMN (TYP) REF. 3/51.1 3RD HOLE FROM BOTTOM 3/4" x 16 GA. STRAP ATTACH W/ 1/4 "0 METAL SCREW (1) AT EACH END LIGHT DUTY STORAGE FIXTURE ELEVATIONS HORIZONTAL 3/4" x 16 GA. STRAP AT LOW BRACE 1- U I- 0 m d- W r z 0 0 0 0 f 2 STRAP CROSSBRACES 3 STRAP CROSSBRACES r 1 I I / / / / 1 • 36" & 48" • �t. CO 7. N 7. N N d- N FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW 7 SHELF LEVELS (S /R) d- N d- N d N WALL GENERAL CONFIGURATION (INTERCONNECTED SHOWN) SOUD BACK PANEL NOV 3 0 ZOO P t': EN 1 • PROJECT JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ■ PROJECT CONTAC THOM TOBEN tltobenast2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNE STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX: 913.648.7111 JAMES A. LICHTY ARCHITECT THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elemerts, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used far any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect. or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990. all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design • Associates, Inc. Consulting Engineers 1420 W. Mockingbird Lane, Suite 540 Dallas, Texas 75247 Phone: (214) 637 -6299 Fax: (214) 637 -6997 http: / /www_rara.net ■ GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction. and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE: required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ■ REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION ■ DATE 02 NOVEMBER 2007 ■ DRAWING TITLE • DRAWING NUMBER • CC: DATE FIXTURE PLAN AND DETAILS S1.1 ARCHITECTURAL SPEGIFIGATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00100 THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Includes the Construction Documents and by reference, the written Agreement between the Owner and the Gontractor. The Contract represents the entire and Integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Include these General Conditions, the Specifications, the Drawings, and all Addenda, Construction Change Directives, Change Orders, Supplemental Instructions or other written modifications subsequently tssued. THE INTENT OF TIE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS Is to Include all items required for completion of the Work Although the Construction Documents have been prepared with due care and diligence, perfection cannot be guaranteed. Design and construction are complex, consequently every possible condltlon or contingency cannot be anticipated. ORGANIZATION and numbering of the Drawings or Specifications shall not limit the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. The Construction Documents are complementary: what is required by one shall be as binding as If required by all. IN CASE OF CONFLICT or ambiguity within the Construction Documents, the Contractor will be deemed to have agreed to provide the greater quantity and/or better quality of materials and/or work. Omissions In the description of the Work do not relieve the Contractor of providing a complete protect. USE OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS: The Construction Documents are instruments of service by the Designer through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor Is described. The Contractor may retain one "record set ", all other sets or copies thereof shall be returned to the Owner or suitably accounted for upon completion of the Work. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor or supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Construction Documents, and the Designer shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common lave, statutory card other reserved rights, In addition to the copyright. The Construction Documents are for use solely pith respect to this Protect, and are not to be used on any other projects or at other site locations. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY: NOTES written In the Imperative mood refer to action(s) to be performed by the Contractor, the words the Contractor shall" are always Implied, unless otherwise noted within the Construction Documents. OWNER / TENANT: The entity leasing the designated space from the Landlord, for a limited period of time. LANDLORD: The entity holding legal title to the designated space within which the Work Is to be constructed, the term includes designated management representatives such as "Mall Management" or 'Shopping Center Manager_" G F G I: Contractor Furnished, Contractor Installed 0 F G 1: Owner Furnished, Contractor installed O F 0 1: Owner Furnished and Owner Installed PROVIDE: Furnish and Install complete by the Contractor (GFGI), ready for use. FURNISH: Supply and deliver to the site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, Installation, or as applicable In each case. INSTALL: Perform operations at the Project site including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each instance. THE "WORK ": The construction and services required by the Construction Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and Includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may refer to all or a part of the Project. A °CLAIM": is a demand or assertion by the Owner or by the Contractor seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment of Gontract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the Contract terms. The term 'claim° also includes other disputes and matters In question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice_ The responsibility to substantiate a claim shall rest with the party making the claim. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR: BY EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT, THE GONTRAGTOR REPRESENTS that he has (I) visited the site, (2) become familiar with the local conditions under which the Work Is to be performed and (3) correlated personal observations with requirements of the Gontract Documents. The Gontractor further represents that he possesses the particular competence, knowledge and skill in construction techniques necessary to complete the Project, in a timely manner. REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Construction Documents with the existing conditions at the project site, and shall report to the Designer any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing It involves a recognized error, Inconsistency or omission in the Gontract Documents without such notice to the Designer, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction, SUPERVISION, COORDINATION AND DIRECTION of the Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, using his best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have complete control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Gontract, unless otherwise noted herein. FIELD SUPERINTENDENT: The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent who shall be in attendance at the Project Site during all performance of the Work. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as W given to the Contractor. LABOR AND MATERIALS: Unless otherwise provided In the Construction Documents, The Contractor shall provide and p for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facllltfes and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Wo rk, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not Incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. WARRANTY: The Contractor warrants that: (I) all materials and equipment will be new unless otherwise directed; (2) all Work will be of good quality, free of defects; and (3) the Work will conform with the requirements of the Construction Documents, without exception. Work not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. This Warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, improper or Insufficient maintenance, Improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. TAXES shall be paid by the Contractor, Including sales, consumer, use and similar taxes which are legally enacted on or before the date of the Contract. PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS: The Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other similar governmental fees, utility hook -up charges, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work. The Gontractor shall comply with and shall ive notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of pubic authorities having jurisdiction. INDEMNIFICATION: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of his employees or his subcontractors. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall Indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Designer, and the Landlord, and their agents or employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, or expenses resulting from the performance of the Work, by the Contractor, his employees, or his sub- contractors. LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall comply with the written design and/or construction requirements of the Landlord, which are hereby made a part of the Construction Documents by reference. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT: THE OWNER will provide administration of the Gontract, unless otherwise noted in the Owner - Contractor Agreement form. SEPARATE CONTRACTS: The Owner reserves the right to perform Work with his on forces, and to award separate contracts. The Contractor shall allow the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for Installation and storage a their materials and equipment, and shall connect and coordinate his Work with the work being performed by others as required by the Construction Documents. CHANGES IN THE WORK: By mutual agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, the Owner may order minor modifications to the Work not affecting the cost of the Work or Construction Time. The Owner may authorize changes in the scope of the Work caneisting of additions, deletions or modifications, with the Gonst•uctIon Cost, Construction Time, or both being adjusted accordingly, by either a written Change Order, when the amount can be pre-determined, or by a written Construction Change Directive, when the Amount will be based on actual costs for time and materials actually incorporated Into the Work IF GONGEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS are encountered at the Project Site which are (I) subsurface or otherwise concealed conditions differing materially from those Indicated In the Construction Documents or (2) unknown conditions of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent In construction activities of the character required in the Construction Documents, the Contractor shall fully document such conditions by measurement and photographs, and shall notify the Owner Immediately, before the conditions are disturbed. The Contractor shall Upon prompt investigation by the Owner, If he determines that the conditions do In fact differ materially and cause an Increase In the Contractor's cost or time for performance of the Work, he will authorize an equitable increase In the Contract Sum or Gontract Time, or both. If he determines that the conditions are not materially different from those Indicated In the Construction Documents and that no change In the terms of the Gontract Is Justified, the Owner will so notify the Contractor In writing, stating the reasons. CLAIMS shall be made only by written notice. Pending final resolution of a claim including CLAIMS shall be made only by written notice. Pending final resolution of a claim Including arbitration, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments In accordance with the requirements of the Contract. Claims must be made within twenty -one (21) days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim or within twenty -one (21) days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the claim, whichever Is later. Written response to such claim shall be made by the other party within ten (10) days of receipt of the claim. Unresolved claims may be referred to arbitration forty -five (45) days after first notice_ If such response requests additional supporting data, that information shall be submitted by the claimant within ten (10) days of receipt of such request. Unresolved claims may be referred to arbitration only after forty -Five (45) days from the date of receipt of the first written notice to the other party. ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION: If a claim or dispute cannot be settled through direct discussions, It shall first be referred to non - binding mediation proceedings, before having any recourse to arbitration. As a condltlon of participation in this Contract, the Contractor, his subcontractors and/or suppliers, whose portion of the Work scope amounts to over $IpOO.00, as well as their Insurers and sureties, shall agree to this procedure. MANDATORY ARBITRATION: All claims, disputes or controversies arising out of, or In relation to the Interpretation, application or enforcement of this Agreement, which carrtot be settled by mediation shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently In effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed In writing with the other party to this Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association and shall be made within a reasonable time after the dispute has arisen. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be final, and Judgment may be entered upon It in accordance with applicable law. No arbitration shall Include by consolidation, joinder, or In any other manner, any person or entity not a party to the Agreement, except by written consent of the person or entity sought to be joined. This agreement to arbitrate shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having Jurisdiction thereof. PAYMENT AND COMPLETION: FIFTY PERCENT PARTIAL PAYMENT: Unless otherwise agreed to rn the Owner /Contractor agreement, payment will be made on account of up to fifty percent (505% of the Contract Sum within thirty (30) days after an "Application for Payment" is submitted to the Owner by the Contractor. The Application for Payment shall include a breakdown of the Contract Sum complying with the Preliminary Schedule of Values, Indicating distribution and percentages of completed work Items. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION occurs when the Work of the Project is sufficiently complete for the Owner to occupy and lawfully utilize the Work for conducting business. The date of Substantial Completion 1s herein defined to be the date upon which the Contractor provides to the Owner (I) a lawfully enacted °GertifIcate of Occupancy" and (2) written approval by the health department. NINETY PERCENT PAThENT d REfAINAGE: Payment will be made by the Owner to the Contractor on account of ninety percent (qo%) of the Contract Sum within thirty (30) days after Substantial Completion of the Work. The Contractor warrants that title to all Work, materials and equipment will pass to the Owner upon receipt of payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all lien, claims, security Interests or encumbrances. Until the Work is finally complete, ten percent (10%) of the Gontract Sum will be withheld. FINAL PAYMENT, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, will be due the Contractor when the Work has been completed and when all requirements of the Construction Documents have been fully performed. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner except those arising from: (1) liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Gontract and unsettled; (2) failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Construction Documents, or (3) terms of special warranties required by the Construction Documents. LIEN WAIVERS: Final payment shall not be due until the Contractor has delivered to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract or receipts In full covering all labor, materials and equipment for which a lien could be filed, or a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such liens. If such liens remain unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money the Owner man be compelled to pay In discharging such lien, Including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: Upon completion of all the Gontract requirements, and upon application for final payment, submit written certification that: (I) the Gonstruction Documents have been reviewed, (2) that the Work has been Inspected for compliance with the Construction Documents, and (3) that the Work has been fully completed In accordance with the Construction Documents. FINAL PAYMENT WITHHELD. Final payment may be withheld due to defective work not corrected, filed claims, damage to the Owner or to a separate contractor or persistent failure to carry out the Work according to the Contract Documents. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY: SAFETY: The Contractor shall initiate, supervise, and maintain safety precautions and programs In connection with the Work He shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (I) employees on the Work and arsons who may b e affected there persons by. the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein; and (3) other property at the site or adjacent thereto. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE NOTICES AND COMPLY with applicable Taws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons and property and their protection from damage, Injury or loss. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property at the site caused In whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub- subcontractor, or anyone directly or Indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor Is responsible. EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: If the Contractor encounters hazardous materials (including asbestos or PCB's) which have not been prevrously rendered harmless, he shall immediately stop Work In the area affected and report the condltlon to the Owner In writing. Resume the Work In the affected area only after It has been removed or otherwise rendered harmless, by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor will not be required to perform any Work relating to asbestos or PCB's without consent. BONDS d INSURANCE: BONDS are not required herein, however bonds may be required by the Landlord. Review Landlord's requirements and provide bonds complying therewith. Submit notarized bond forms to the Owner and Landlord prior to start of construction. Costs for bonds, W required, shall be paid by the Contractor. BUILDERS RISK PROPERTY INSURANCE: Except as otherwise Indicated to be provided by the Owner, the Contractor shall purchase "all risk' property Insurance covering the completed value° of the Work The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance, except for such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such Insurance. THE CONTRACTOR shall purchase insurance to protect the Owner against damage claims resulting from the Contractor's operations, and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether by the Contractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him. CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: Comprehensive General Liability Insurance shall Include: Personal Injury Liability with Employment Exclusion deleted, Contractual, Premises - Operations, Independent Contractor's Protective, Products and Gompleted Operations, Owner's 6 Designers Protective Liability, non -owned and hired motor vehicles, and Broad Form Property Damage coverage. Property Damage Liability coverage shall provide X, G, and U coverage, with Completed Operations and Products Liability coverage maintained for one (I) year after final payment. The following minimum limits are applicable to each incident occurrence as well as for the total annual aggregates - which shall be dedicated specifically for this project only. Minimum coverage amounts shall comply with the Landlord's requirements, as listed below, or as required by law, whichever is greater: Worker's Compensation Insurance: .$I,00O,000 Employer's Liability Insurance: Each Accident and per disease $ IOOO,DOO.00 Policy limit on disease $ 1,000,000.00 Comprehensive General Liability: Property damage: $ 2p00000.00 Bodily injury. $ 2/ OOpOO.00 Contractual LIabllity= Property Damage: $ 2;0OOpOO.0O Bodily Injury: $ 2,000,000.00 Comprehensive Business Automobile Liability: Combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage): $ 2,000pOO_0O Owners and Contractors' protective liability :.. $ 2poopoo.00 Umbrella Excess Liability Insurance! $ 2,000,000.00 ADDITIONAL INSURED: All Insurance certificates shall name the Designer, the Project Owner, and the Landlord of the project, as additional Insured as required. PURCHASE AND MAINTAIN all Insurance coverage In a company lawfully authorized to do business In the jurisdiction In which the Project is located, Submit Insurance Certificates to the Owner and Landlord prior to start of construction. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS: GOVERNING LAW: The Construction Gontract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project Is located. CORRECTION OF WORK= The Contractor shall promptly correct all defective Work or Work not meeting the requirements of the Construction Documents whether observed before or after Substantial Completion, and whether or not fabricated, Installed or completed, within a period of ONE YEAR after the Date of Substantial Completion. Correction shall be made promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner. This obligation shall survive termination of the Gontract. The Contractor shall bear all costs of correcting such Work, including repair costs of work by others damaged by such correction procedures, and compensation for the Designer's additional services made necessary thereby. ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK: If the Owner prefers to accept Work which Is not in accordance with the requirements of the Construction Documents, the Owner may do 50 instead of requiring its removal and correction, In which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE: If the Contractor: (I) persistently or repeatedly refuses or falls to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; or (2) fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; or (3) persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having Jurisdiction; or (4) Is otherwise guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Construction Documents, the Owner, after three (3) days written notice to the Contractor, and without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, may terminate the Contract. OWNERS ACTIONS UPON TERMINATION: Upon termination of the Contract for cause, the Owner may: (I) take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; (2) accept assignment of the Contractor's subcontracts, W necessary; and (3) finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. The Contractor will not be entitled to receive any payment until Work is completely finished. If the expense to the Owner exceeds the unpaid balance due the Gontractor, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the unpaid balance due the Contractor exceeds the expense to the Owner, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. SUCCESSOiRS AND ASSIGNS: The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party In respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Construction Documents. Neither party shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES: Duties and obligations Imposed by the Construction Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be In addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise Imposed or available by law. No action or failure to at shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence In a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01010 THE WORK consists of tenant finish Improvements to an existing leased space (the project site). The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate the Work of the complete project. Unless otherwise a to In the Owner - Contractor Agreement, the Contractor shall perform ALL the Work required for the completion of ENTIRE Project unless specifically noted in the Contract Documents. PROVIDE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS to all fixtures, furnishings and equipment requiring connections. UNLOADING: Unless otherwise Indicated by the Owner, the Work includes unloading all Equipment, casework and running trim delivered to the project site. OWNER FURNISHED - CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (OFGI) PRODUCTS: PURCHASE ORDERS have been pre-negotiated by the Owner for specific suppliers of certain building materials and equipment in order to expedite delivery, to control costs, and to simplify the Contractor's administration of the project. INCLUDE ALL COSTS for coordination, scheduling, receiving, handling, storage, Installation and mechanical and electrical connections in the Gontract Sum. The Owner will pay directly for costs of products and for delivery to the Project Site INSPECT DELIVERIES FOR DAMAGE upon receiving at the Protect Site. If Items are damaged, defective or missing, mark the bill of lading as necessary. Contact the freight line and request a damage inspection of the items and submit a damage claim. Failure to submit a claim will require the GontraGtor to replace Items at his cost. PROTECT all items from damage, Including damage from exposure to the elements. Replace or repair items damaged as a result of Construction operations. Damage resulting from Inappropriate storage or handling, Including but not limited to environmental conditions, will be the responsibility of the Contractor. CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES. USE OF EXISTING BUILDING: Limit construction activities to occur within the leased space, or within other areas approved by the Landlord. If not within the leased space, make connections to existing utilities In the most expeditious manner possible. Perform the Work so that it will not interfere with the Landlord's operations. Maintain existing building in a safe and weather -tight condition. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Po not install combustible materials above finished any y s or in other concealed, non -sprinkled spaces, when applicable. MAINTAIN THE EXISTING BUILDING In a safe and weather -tight condition throughout the construction period. Do not install combustible materials above finished ceilings or in any other concealed spaces. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and Its occupants during the construction period. Keep public areas such as hallways, stairs, and existing toilet rooms free from accumulation of waste material rubbish or construction debris. SPECIAL USE REQUIREMENTS OF MALL: Use of common area electricity will not be permitted. Attachments to the roof deck will not be permitted. All carts and dollies shall have rubber tires. Access to the roof may be restricted - coordinate with the Landlord as necessary. INTERRUPTION of existing utility services, either intentional or accidental, shall be repaired and restored to normal service Immediately, at no additional cost to the Owner. NOTIFY THE LANDLORD of any utility shutdowns (electrical, mechanical or plumbing) that may affect other tenants at least 48 hours In advance. Notify the landlord of any painting, staining or finishing work that may create odors or noise in adjacent tenant spaces at least 24 hours in advance. PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY: The Owner reserves the right to place and Install equipment and/or furnishings in completed areas prior to Substantial Completion provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work PROTECT all items from damage, including damage from exposure to the elements. Replace or repair Items damaged as a result of Gonstructlon operations. PRO,JEGT COORDINATION 4 ADMINISTRATION. PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING: Meet with the Landlord's designated construction representative before starting construction. Discuss procedures and requirements for site access, work hours, parking, deliveries and receiving, debris and waste receptacles, temporary barricade, and construction operations that may be offensive. THE WORK INCLUDES coordination of the entire Work of the Project, Including preparation of general coordination drawings, schedules, and control of site utilization, from beginning of construction activities through project close- out and warranty periods. COORDINATE the Work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure an efficient and orderly sequence of product installations, with provisions for accommodating items to be Installed at a later time. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are Indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits, as closely as practical; make runs parallel with lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. CONGEAL pipes, conduits end similar Items whenever possible within the new construction, in finished areas. SIGNAGE COORDINATION: Review signage shop drawings and coordinate schedules with the Owner's designated Slgnage contractor. MAINTENANCE OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS: The Contractor shall maintain at the protect site, a "record" set of Construction Documents. The Owner will furnish a reproducible copy of the drawings for the Contractor's use. In addition, the following related drawings or documents prepared by others shall be maintained: Construction Requirements of the Landlord (W they exist) Sprinkler shop drawings (when applicable) DO NOT construct or install any portion of the Work related to these drawings at any time without such drawings being available at the site. MARK REVISIONS made during construction on Record Documents with colored pencil - do not conceal any Work before revisions have been recorded. Note actual routing of underslab plumbing and utility lines, if different from design drawings. EXISTING FACILITY SURVEY: Survey the existing building space before the start of construction, to document all existing conditions such as cracks, sags, loose materials or other defects of the existing construction. This record shall serve as a basis for determination of subsequent damage to the structure resulting from the Contractor's operations at the site. GUT AND PATCH to provide for Installation, coordination, Inspection or testing of products or systems. Provide subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Do not cut and patch structural Work In a manner that would reduce the load - carrying capacity, without approval of the Landlord and a registered structural engineer. Gore all holes penetrating floor slabs. Utilize masonry saws to cut existing concrete, when required. to not use pneumatic Jack hammers to break or chip existing construction, without notification and approval of the Landlord. PRO.EGT SITE BEHAVIOR: Any worker who steals, drinks alcohol, or uses any illegal substance at the project site shall be immediately terminated from employment and shall be banned from the construction site. A professional manner is expected in all public areas and inappropriate language or comments will not be tolerated. No cooking of any kind will be allowed at the protect site. No food, beverages or smoking will be allowed at the construction site after painting or installation of carpet has begun. LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall comply with the written design and/or coretructlon requirements of the Landlord, which are hereby made a part of the Construction Documents by reference. FIELD ENGINEERING: VERIFY exlsting horizontal and vertical control points, grades, elevations, dimensions, and other figures shown on the Drawings. Report Inconsistencies to the Architect for resolution before commencing work. ESTABLISH 8 MAINTAIN chalk -lines and other markers to set Ines and levels for the Work as needed to properly locate all elements of the Protect. Calculate and measure required dimensions by instrumentation or other appropriate means. Do not scale the drawings to determine dimensions, unless directed by the Architect. D0 NOT SCALE THIS DRAWINGS to determine dimensions, unless directed to do so by the Owner. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS: TEMPORARY UTILITIES: Connect to existing systems at the project site to provide for temporary water, electrical power, lighting and heat for construction operations. Include costs for temporary utilities within the base bid. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PHONE d FAX SERVICE at the protect site for local service only. Long distance calls shall be paid for by the party making such calls. TEMPORARY FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. Provide minimum of one (I) 10 Ib. Type ABC fire extinguisher. Post warning and quick - instructions at each extinguisher, and Instruct personnel on proper use. Post fire department call number at the telephone. PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHTING: sufficient to ensure proper workmanship, by combined use of daylight, general lighting, and portable plug -in task lighting_ PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION, to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation and proper curing of materials, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. PROGRESS GLEANING: At all times, keep the premises free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by construction operations. Provide a suitable waste receptacle for construction debris and arrange for transportation and disposal or materials off site In a legal manner. EXISTING FIRE ALARM COORDINATION: Notify the Landlord of any work that may trigger an existing fire alarm system 50 that the system can be temporarily de- activated and restored to full service upon completion. Place dust bags over detectors In areas with construction operations and notify the Landlord, and remove at the end of each work day, to prevent false alarms. ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS! CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner, a bar -chart type progress schedule for the entire Project, within FIVE (5) DAYS after award of Contract. Provide a separate bar for each Work Item listed In the Schedule of Values. Include appropriate time for project mobilization, procurement of products, review and approval of shop drawings, fabrication, Installation, testing, and final cleanup. Identify each calendar day through -out the schedule. Highlight "critical path" elements of the schedule that are important to complete the Work on time. Correlate the organization of the schedule with the agreed date of Substantial Completion. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Before start of construction, submit a breakdown of the Contract Sum as speciflecl herein. Coordinate preparation and correlate line Item breakdown with specifiGation sections Included herein, and as required to facilitate continued evaluation of payment requests and progress reports. Break down principal subcontract amounts into several line items, to the approval of the Owner. Round off Individual amounts to the nearest whole dollar, but with the total equal to the Contract Sum. Arrange the schedule with columns to indicate the generic name of the item, related specification sections, the subcontractor, supplier, manufacturer or fabricator, change orders (numbers) which have affected the value, the dollar value of the Item, and the percentage of the Gontract Sum to the nearest one- hundredth percent and adjusted to total 100 percent. FINAL SCHEDULE OF VALUES: At the completion of the Work, and as a condition of Final Completion, submit a revised Schedule of Values to the Owner, reflecting the final cost of the Work, including all revisions or changes made during construction. Arrange schedule in order of Work items listed above, and support schedule with backup data to substantiate Its accuracy If requested. PRODUCTS B SUBSTITUTIONS: PRODUCT OPTIONS: When a material, article or place of equipment Is Identified in the Drawings or in the Specifications, It Is so identified for the purpose of establishing a standard of required function, availability, dimension, color, appearance, quality, performance, operation and maintenance. ANY product of other manufacturers or vendors which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the specified Item, and which will not cause a delay In the construction schedule due to procurement of such Item, will be considered equally acceptable. CONTRACTOR'S SUBSTITUTION REPRESENTATION: By substitution of a material, product, equipment item or system, the Contractor represents that he has personally investigated the proposed substitute and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the item specified; and that he will coordinate the installation of the substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. NO SUBSTITUTIONS will be allowed for the following items unless specifically approved by the Owner: (I) Porcelain the manufacturer(s) $ colors; (2) Resilient base manufacturer $ color(2), and (3) resilient flooring manufacturers and colors. Contact the Designer If procurement problems are encountered with any of the above specified materials or products. SUPPLY ALL PRODUCTS in quantities alike and Interchangeable. Provide standard, domestically produced products which are likely to be available to the Owner at a later date. Supply products complete, with all standard devices, trim finish, and all accessories Indicated in the latest edition of the manufacturer's catalog or brochure published at the date of the award of the Gontract. Furnish such items complete with component parts necessary for the obvious and intended use and installation, whether or not descriptions or catalog numbers contain all supplemental information and/or numbers of such components. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES: Provide permanent nameplates on each item of service- connected or power operated equipment. Indicate manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, speed, rating, and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates on an easily accessible surface. STORE PRODUCTS In accordance with manufacturer's Instructions, maintaining sensitive materials within temperatures and humidity ranges required by the manufacturer. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; with ventilation to avoid condensation. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: PERFORM INSTALLATION WORK by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions_ Install Work during conditions of temperature, humidity, exposure, forecasted weather, and status of the project completion which will ensure t best possible results for each unit of work. NO ALLOWANCE or consideration will be made for a claim of Ignorance regarding referenced standards or manufacturer's installation instructions. Each tradesman will be considered to be experienced and familiar with published standards of quality and workmanship, and the applicable recommendations for installation of materials for his on trade. INSTALLERS INSPECTION OF SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS: Before installation, Inspect substrate material and the conditions under which the Work will be performed, report unsatisfactoryconditlon to the Owner. Application of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that Work and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. INSPECT each Item of material or equipment Immediately prior to installation - reject damaged and defective Items. ISOLATE each unit of work from non - compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration. MAKE ALLOWANGE for expansion, contraction, and building movements. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT AND GONNEGTION devices and methods for securing the work properly as It is installed, true to line and level. Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work, organized for best possible visual effect. Refer questionable visual- effect choices to the Designer for final decision. COORDINATE CLOSING -IN of work with required inspections and tests, so as to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed work. PROTECTION: After Installation, provide coverings to protect installed products from damage from traffic and construction operations, remove when no longer required. REPAIR AND REPLAGE damaged Items, at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered to justify an extension of time to complete the Work. CONTRACT GLOSEOUT: FINAL GLEANING: Prior to Owner Occupancy, clean all surfaces including fixtures already Installed for use by the Owner. Remove all traces of soil, stains, dirt, waste materials, smudges, and other foreign matter from all finished surfaces. Glean all equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. Glean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors, windows, and casework, to a polished condition, free of dust, putty, films or similar substances which are noticeable as vision - obscuring. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: After final cleaning operations have been completed, and when the Project is ready for owner occupancy, obtain an occupancy permit in behalf of the Owner, and approval by any other governmental authorities having Jurisdiction over the Project. Obtain written approval of the Landlord, when required. Submit copies of such approvals to the Owner for his records. PUNGH LIST: Prepare a list of Work Items yet to be completed or corrected, complete with scheduled dates for completion. Submit list to the Owner for his review and comments. The failure to include any item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all the Work required by the Construction Documents. PROVIDE ONE (I) SET OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA for mechanical, plumbing and electrical equipment provided under the Construction Contract. Bind data into a heavy - duty 2- incchh size, 3-ring vinyl- covered binder. Mark appropriate Identification on both front and spine of binder, and include the following types of Information: emergency instructions, spare parts listings, copies of warranties, wiring diagrams, and Inspection procedures. INSTRUCT OWNERS PERSONNEL in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of mechanical, plumbing, and electrical systems. Utilize 0 4 M manual as basis for instruction. COMPLETE ALL WORK ITEMS as expeditiously as possible, providing labor at times when the shop Is not in operation, If necessary. Coordinate with the manager and perform the Work so that It will not interfere with the Owner's operations. FINAL PAYMENT - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: Submit the following Items to the Owner, upon application for final payment: (I) Final Occupancy permit; (2) Written approval of construction by the Landlord, when required; (3) Lien waiver forms; (4) Final schedule of values; (5) extra Construction Document sets, (6) the marked- up set of "record documents "; (1) Extra stock of finish material items; (8) Gontractor's Certification, and (q) the punch -list of incomplete work items, prepared at substantial completion, indicating actual completion dates for each Item listed therein. LIEN WAIVERS: Final payment shall not be due until the Contractor has delivered to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract or receipts in full covering all labor, materials and equipment for which a lien could be filed, or a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such liens. If such liens remain unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. SUBMIT CONDITIONAL LIEN RELEASES with each Application for Payment, contingent upon receipt and bank clearance of the current invoiced amount. SUBMIT UNCONDITIONAL LIEN RELEASES covering the previously paid amount received by the General Contractor and all sub - contractors or material suppliers, with subsequent Applications for Payment. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: Upon completion of all the Contract requirements, and upon application for final payment, submit written certification that: (I) the Construction Documents have been reviewed, (2) that the Work has been Inspected for compliance with the Construction Documents, and (3) that the Work has been fully completed in accordance with the Construction Documents SELEGTIVE DEMOLITION SECTION 02010 WORK INCLUDES removal and legal disposal of existing interior and exterior construction items specified to be removed herein, noted to be removed within the Drawings, or otherwise required to be removed to facilitate construction activities. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Owner assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of Items or structures to be demolished. PERFORM demolition Work In a neat an orderly manner, to minimize disruptions. Turn over all salvageable items to the Owner. Remove all non - salvageable Items from the site, and arrange for legal disposal. ASBESTOS INSPEGTOR d REPORT: If required by the Environmental Protection Agency's "National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants" (NESHAP), provide the services of an Inspector to evaluate the project site for the presence of Regulated Asbestos Containing Materials (RACM's). The Inspector shall be lawfully qualified/certified to perform such inspections by applicable federal, state and/or local regulations. Provide a minimum of ten (10) working days notification to the appropriate office of the EPA's Asbestos Hazard Management Department, whether RACM's are found to exist or not. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition or abatement of RAGM's Is not Included In the scope of Work IF UNANTICIPATED utllltles, structural elements, or hazardous materials are encountered, Investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to the Owner In written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from the Owner, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. EXISTING RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS: Comply with "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings ", as published by the Resilient Floor Govering Institute, Existing resilient floor covering materials may contain asbestos fibers that are not readily identifiable. Do not sand, dry scrape, beadblast or mechanically pulverize existing resilient flooring, backing, or lining felts. DISPOSAL: Remove debris, rubbish and other materials operations from building site. Transport and dispose of manner. GLEAN -UP: Upon completion of demolition work, remove materials from the site. resulting from demolition I materials off -site in a • LUL3S• rrfimo tools, 4 a . -fit, -. equipment and de�olishe d CONCRETE FABRICATIONS SECTION 03500 - M '� - PROVIDE �` __ DE concrete for new floor slabs (where required), for patching existing floor _ s1a - and her Installation of new plumbing and electrical lines require removal of existingpi_ a i concrete. L r I sag M ,, T . : CONCRETE: ASTM 0.150, type 1, Portland cement, with ASTM G -33 sand and crushed stone aggregates, mixed to provide 3000 PSI minimum compressive strength at 28 -days. WELDE=D WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A -I85 welded steel wire fabric, min, 6 x 6 - WI.4/11I.4 MOISTURE BARRIER: 8 mils thick polyethylene sheet. SELF- LEVELING FLOOR TOPPING: Provide "Ardex" SD -L topping at all floor surfaces too rough or too un -even to finish with the specified finish materials when the toping thickness is less than 1 -1/2 inches. Install self - leveling floor topping In full accordance with manufacturer's directions. COMPLY with AGI 304 °Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete ", and as herein specified. INSTALL concrete Work to match and meet existing adjoining surfaces. Do not transport wet concrete through public areas of malls without prior approval of the Landlord and without extensive protection of the existing flooring. TROWEL F=INISH: Apply trowel finish to slab surfaces that are to be exposed to view and to slab surfaces that are to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, or other thin -film finish coating system. PROTECT the freshly placed concrete from premature drying from wind, excessive cold and hot temperature, and malntaln for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05500 WORK INCLUDED: Provide items of steel shapes including, but not necessarily limited to rough hardware, ware, loose steel lintels for new masonry openings (when applicable) steel framing and supports (Including posts at overhead doors), and miscellaneous steel trim. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. MATERIALS: Limit materials that will be exposed to view to those which are free from surface blemished, pitting, rolled trade names, and roughness. Provide steel plate, shapes and bars meeting ASTM A36, steel pipe meeting ASTM A53 - grade A schedule 40, and steel tube meeting ASTM A500. CHANNEL STRUT SUPPORTS: 'Unlstrut" 14 gage minimum, In thermal -set coating In color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. WELDING ELECTRODES AND FILLER METAL: Provide type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated Items. NONSHRINK NONMETALLIC GROUT: Pre - mixed, factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with GE GRD 6621. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for Interior and exterior applications of type specified in this section. FASTENERS shall be zinc- coated fasteners for exterior use or when built Into exterior walls as follows: Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A -301, Grade A. Lag Bolts: Square Heat type, FS FF- B-561. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF -S- Plain Washers! Round Carbon Steel FS FF -N-q2. Toggle Bolts: Tumble wing type, FS FF- B-555, Type, class 4 style as required. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon Steel, FS FF -1 -84. Drilled -In Expansion Anchors: Expansion anchors complying with FS FF- S-325, Group VIII (anchors, expansion, [nondrllling2, Type I (Internally threaded tubular expansion anchor); and machine bolts complying with FS FF -B-515, Grade 5. SHOP PRIMER paint for steel and iron: Manufacturer's standard rust- inhibiting primer; compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified In Division cl. r THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner, No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the -- - .6esigner /,Architect. Any reproduction, use or disclosure of information contained ;herein „without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is s,triclllY prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design a L ,i P , A 7P�n • ■ PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tftoben•st2d.com ■ ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN ise L4Lio ■ GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing a complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptonce of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION • DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE SPECIFICATIONS ■ DRAWING NUMBER • • PROJECT 5055 JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTRELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 NOV 07200, REGISTERED ARC', I T Jai es A. L chty Stet of Washington Nov 3 0 ZUU1 �L aiv a CLINi EI tzt, 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX: 913.648.7111 DATE SP -1 FABRICATION and installation shalt conform to the latest AILS Specifications. Form Work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approx. I/4" unless otherwise shown. Weld corners and seams continuously, coping connections, unless otherwise Indicated. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. Provide shop coat of red oxide primer and touch -up at project site as required. Form exposed Connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type shown or, if not shown, Phillips flat - headed (countersunk) strews or bolts. ROUGH HARDWARE: Furnish bent or otherwise custom Fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and Iron shapes as required for framing, supporting or anchoring. MISCELLANEOUS ANEOUS STEEL TRIM: Provide Shapes and sizes Indicated for profiles shown. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars, with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and Installation with other work_ Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports at exterior locations, and as otherwise indicated. PROTECT finishes of metalwork during construction period by use of temporary protective covering. Remove protective covering at time of Substantial Completion. Restore finishes damaged during installation and Construction period so that no evidence remains of correction work Return Items that cannot be refinished In the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units. ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06100 PROVIDE wood milers, blocking, backing, plywood, furring and miscellaneous light framing required for completion of the Work, which is generally not exposed; where noted on the Drawings, and as specified herein. WOOD FRAMING: Construction grade * 2 or better Douglas Fir, yellow pine, or equal, 545, fire retardant treated typically. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS• for mounting electrical, security, or telephone equipment, provide fire- retardant treated plywood, APA B-C PLUGGED with exterior glue, 3/4" thick BLOCKING OR BACKING: Provide 3/4° thick plywood, or 2 x 6 lumber material, fire- retardant treated, as a minimum for backing at toilet accessories, grab bars, sales and display Fixtures, and other similar locations, as required. FIRE - RETARDANT TREATED WOOD: Provide fire - labeled wood with minimum flame spread rating of 25, at the following locations= (1) blocking concealed within metal framed drywall partitions in non - combustible construction; (2) framing 4 blocking located above finished ceiling and (3) blocking within fire -rated demising walls. INSTALLATION: Set rough carpentry Work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. Securely attach carpentry Work to substrate. DISCARD UNITS of material with defects which might Impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use In fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. SET rough Carpentry Work accurately to required levels and Tines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. SECURELY attach carpentry Work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as required. USE common wire nails, except as otherwise Indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that 14111 not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood, predrill as required. FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06200 PROVIDE finish carpentry which Is generally exposed to view, non -structural, and which Is not specified as part of other Sections, where noted on the Drawings and as specified herein. JOB CONDITIONS: Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for finish carpentry installation areas. Do not install finish carpentry until required temperature and relative humidity conditions have been stabilized and will be maintained In installation areas. WOOD SPECIES 4 PRODUCTS: Refer to Drawing for wood materials and finishes BLOCKING, SHIMS, AND MAILERS= Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. INTERIOR FASTENERS AND ANCHORAGES= Provide nails, screws and other anchoring devices of the type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible, and complying with applicable quality standards. Blind nail where possible. Recess exposed nails and screws and fill flush with putty. FABRICATION, GENERAL= Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details Indicated. Ease edges to minimum 1/16" radius. INSTALLATION: CONDITION wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. DISCARD units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, Improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns_ Materials showing surface tool marks will be rejected. INSTALL the Work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of I/8" In S' -0" for plumb and level, and with I /I6° maximum offset to flush adjotning surfaces and 1/8° maximum offsets In revealed adjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. ANCHOR WOODWORK to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete Installation. Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork ANCHOR TO METAL STUDS (where blocking does not exist) using adhesive and pre- countersunk trim -head sheet -metal screws. Fill recess with wood putty to match surface finish of wood. INSTALL STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM with minimum number of joints possible, using full - length pieces to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints In adjacent and related members. Gope at returns, miter at corners, and use scarf joints for end - to-end joints, to provide tight fitting joints with full surface contact throughout length of joint. FLUSH PANELING INSTALLATION= Discard units with defects which might Impair quality. Set paneling accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted without distortions. Wien required, shim using concealed shims. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work. Install with minimum number of Joint possible. Cope at returns, miter at corners, and use scarf joints for end- to-end Joints. Securely attach to substrate. Countersink nail heads on exposed work and ftII holes. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. REPAIR DAMAGE=D and defective flntsh carpentry work wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually, where not possible to repair properly, replace woodwork Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. GLEAN UP exposed and semi- exposed surfaces. Touch-up shop applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. REFER to Division - 1 sections for final finishing of Installed finish carpentry work. PROTECTION= Installer of finish carpentry work shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintained conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK SECTION 06400 PROVIDE Architectural Casework requiring expert craftsmanship and joinery, where Indicated In the Drawings and as specified herein. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Except as otherwise indicated by the Drawings or these SpeGiflcattons, provide Architectural Woodwork in compliance with The Architectural Woodwork Institute's "Quality Standards" as follows: Casework: AN' Section 400 - custom grade, except with "European' style (without face frames) Laminate clad flush paneling: AWI Section 5OOB - custom grade Shelving: MI Section 600 - custom grade SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS to show location of each Item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large scale details, attachment devices and other components. VERIFY FIELD S and provide dimensions for casework shop drawings before fabrication. TYPICAL PLYWOOD: Exterior grade G -D/EXT -APA x 3/4 Inch thickness min. PARTICLEBOARD (MD): 45 Ib. density, 3/4 In. thick (unless noted otherwise) WATERPROOF PARTICLEBOARD: ° Medex" 48 Ib. density, 3/4° thick minimum with exterior glue, as manufactured by the Medtte Corp. PREPINISHED PARTICLEBOARD: Polyester laminated PBD equal to "Polyboard" by "SelPly" or equal TYP. PLASTIC LAMINATE (PLAM) 4 EDGING= NEMA * GP -50 - standard grade - Manufacturer 4 color as Indicated In color/finish schedule COUNTERTOP JOINT FASTENERS: "Knape 4 Vogt° # 516 ZG The joint fastener SHELF STANDARDS B BRACKETS: K V 161 x shelf depth and K V # 83 standards FASTENL=RS AND ANGHORS= Provide size, type, and material as noted on the drawings, and if not noted, as recommended by applicable standards. PROVIDE 011ItR MATERIALS, as IndlGated In the Drawings and as otherwise required for completion of the work of this Section. FABRICATION 4 ASSEMBLY: SHOP FABRICATE woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details Indicated on shop drawings. Inhere necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. Complete fabrication, finishing, hardware application and other Work before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible. SHOP ASSEMBLY OF CASEWORK: Completely assemble casework In shop prior to shipment to project site. Mark individual items in sequence with removable materials to facilitate field assembly. Shop fit glass In casework, remove and package to protect from breakage, clearly marked to facilitate field Installation. COUNTERTOP CUTOUTS: To the greatest extent possible, make countertop cutouts in the factory, with all exposed edges completely seated against potential water penetration between finish surface aid substrate, and substrate and web frame, as applicable. INSTALLATION: DELIVER Inserts and other anchoring devices to be built Into substrates, well in advance of time substrates are to be built. Condition wood materials to average prevailing humidity conditions In Installation areas prior to Installation. DISCARD units of material which are unsound, warped, bowed, twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacturer with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns. INSTALL the Work plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" In 8'-O" for plumb and level, and with 1 /I6" maximum offset In flush adjoining surfaces and I /S" maximum offsets In revealed adjoining surfaces. SCRIBE AND GUT to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. ANCHOR to anchors or blocking built -In or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete Installation. Except where preftnished matching fastener heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork, and matching final finish where transparent finish Is indicated. INSTALL CABINETS without distortion so that cabinet doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors in openings and to provide free operation. Complete Installation of hardware and accessory Items indicated. TOPS= Anchor securely to base units and other support systems. REPAIR DAMAGED and defective casework to eliminate defects functionally and visually, or where not possible, replace casework. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. Glean, lubricate and adjust hardware for smooth operation. Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by Owner. Glean casework on exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. Touch -up shop applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. TOUGH -UP FINISHING cis required by Installation. Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing of concealed surfaces and similar Items. PROTECTION: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Fabricator and Installer, which ensures architectural woodwork being without damage or deterioration at time of substantial Completion. FIRESTOPPING SECTION 01210 PROVIDE firestopping materials complying with requirements Included herein, In order to maintain fire - resistive assemblies. Provide firestopping at all plumbing and electrical conduit penetrations through fire -rated demising partitions. FIRE CAULK: UL listed, one -part, non -sag, elastomerlc, fire - stopping material intended to seal cracks, voids or holes, complying with ASTM EIIg, ASTM E 814 and UL System Number 442 to achieve the required fire rating. Products meeting above requirements Include, but are not necessarily limited to the following materials: o 3M° Fire Barrier 2000+ Silicone Sealant (as manufactured by Dow Corning) o STI SpecSeal Series TOO "Metacaulk" 150 -10 F►restopping Penetration Sealant JOINT BACKING / PACKING: Minimum 3" thickness of 4 PGF mineral wool Insulation APPLY firestoppfng at all penetrations through fire -rated wall and floor assemblies, as applicable, and on both sides of the top of fire -rated partitions to seal the joint between the partition and the building structure without loading the partition from structural deflection. INSTALLATION: Glean substrate surfaces Immediately before Installation. Do not use alcohols formulations to clean surfaces, as they may keep sealant material from curing properly. Prime or seal joint surfaces only as recommended by the manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's Instructions for installation requirements, in accordance with tested standards. For openings exceeding 1° hut less than 5 -I /4 ", Install joint backing to fill opening before Installing sealant material. After Installation, clean adjacent surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage or other visually objectionable conditions_ -JOINT SEALERS SECTION 0100 PROVIDE sealants complying with requirements included herein, In order to establish and maintain airtight, vermin proof, and waterproof continuous seals on a permanent bases. Failures of Installed sealants to comply with this requirement will recognized as failures of materials and workmanship. PROVIDE SEALANTS where noted on the drawings and at the following locations: Countertops and backsplashes to adjacent walls Countertops to loose backsplashes Sink units to adjacent walls Pipes, sleeves, conduits, duct and other similar penetrations thru partitions ACRYLIC - LATEX SEALANT: permanently flexible emulsion type, nonstaining and nonbleeding; recommended by manufacturer for general Interior exposure. Provide °Pecora" acrylic latex caulk, or equal. JOINT BACKER: Use only those back -up materials which are specifically recommended for this installation by the manufacturer or the sealant used, and which are non - absorbent and non -staining. INSTALLATION: Glean joint surfaces Immediately before installation. Prime or seal joint surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. inhere horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a minimum I/4" radius convex cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. CLEAN UP: Do not allow sealants to overflow joints or to spill onto adjoining Work, or to migrate Into voids of exposed finishes. Glean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. CURE AND PROTECT: Cure sealants In compliance with manufacturer's Instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, Internal Cohesive strength and surface durability. Replace or restore sealants which are damaged or deteriorated during construction period_ Protect installed sealants from damage from construction operations until owner occupancy. METAL DOORS 41 FRAMES SECTION OSIOO PROVIDE metal door frames and hollow metal doors, where noted on the Drawings and as specified herein. Comply with applicable requirements of the Steel Door Institute °Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames." LABELS= Were noted in the Drawings, or where required by the Building Gods to be constructed of fire - resistive construction, provide "UL" or "Warnock- Hersey" tested and labeled products. INTERIOR DOORS: I -3/4 In. thick, with 20 gage cold - rolled sheet steel faces, flush type with visible edge seams, equal to Steelcraft * L -20-4. DRYWALL FRAMES: 16 gage cold - rolled steel, knock -down type, with 3 resilient bumpers on eoch strike jamb, units to be reinforced with Integral tabs for secure locking of Jamb to head, equal to Steelcraft series DW -16-4 "Easy -Set" drywall frames. Provide IS gage, drywall frame anchors welded to frame, 4 anchors per jamb minimum. GENERAL FABRICATION: Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Where possible, fit and assemble units In manufacturer's plant. Shop prime all hollow metal doors and frames. HARDWARE PREPARATION: Unless otherwise indicated, all doors and frames shall be mortised and reinforced for hardware In the factory. PREFIT doors at factory with clearance of I /8" at vertical edges and at top, 1/8" in 2" bevel at lock edge, bottom clearance : 3/8" without threshold, 3/4" with threshold. INSTALL hollow metal doors and frames In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Set frames accurately In positron, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely. Fit doors accurately within frames, In accordance with clearances indicated herein. Sand smooth all rust or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up Goat of compatible primer. WOOD DOORS SECTION 08210 PROVIDE wood doors where noted on the Drawings, as specified herein and to compliance with applicable requirements of AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards ". SOLID -CORE NATURAL FINISHED FLUSH WOOD DOORS: 3' -0" wide x T-O" high (unless otherwise indicated) x I -3/4" thick, 3 ply paint -grade hardwood face veneer units attached with Type II water resistant adhesive to solid particleboard wood core, with 5" x S" lock block for lockset/latchset hardware, meeting AN' Type PC and NWMA -IF -1, 15 -I -18 series. Provide °Weyerhauser" 17SP -20 units or equal. INSTALL doors to comply with manufacturer's Instructions. Fit doors to frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware, If required. Seal cut surfaces of door edges after fitting and machining. Refer to Division -1 section "Painting" for finishing requirements. ADJUSTING: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. Refinish or replace doors damaged during Installation. PROTECT doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. FIELD- FINISHED DOORS: Refer to Division -4 section "Painting" for finishing requirements. PROTECT doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. ACCESS DOORS SECTION 08300 PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS In drywall construction for access to transformers for exterior s►gnage (one each access panel per exterior sign), and where otherwise required for access to operational units and controls, Including, but not necessarily limited to valves, controls, and other concealed items requiring monitoring or maintenance, Provide access doors only when access to operational units Is not possible through suspended ceiling panels. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES: 20 gage flush face panel door with 16 gage concealed flange from for flush drywall installation, with concealed hinge, screwdriver -type lock, anchor straps, and baked enamel finish, In 18" x 24" minimum size unless otherwise Indicated. Provide units manufactured by Mticor, Zurn, Titus, or other approved equal_ INSTALL plumb, level and square, In accordance with manufacturer's Installation Instructions. Coordinate Installation and filed finishing with work of other trades. Adjust hardware and operation. Repair or replace damaged units. ENCLOSURE GRILLES SECTION 08360 ENCLOSURE grille where indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. Unit shall be a complete operating assembly including curtain, guides, locking hardware, operators and Installation accessories where Indicated. Grill, hardware, locking devices and structural supports and Installation by Journey's national supplier. OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE: Clear- anodized finish aluminum grille and frame assembly of "push up" operation, with open grille constructed of 5/16" horizontal aluminum rods at 1-1/16" vertical spacing with vertical links formed of eyeletted 3/4" wide aluminum extrusions at 1" centers. Bottom rail and side guides to match color of grille Gurtaln. Provide mortise cylinder lock operable from both sides at bottom rail. Hatworld/Lids supplied acceptable product: "M -1 Series Grill by "Metro Door" (800) 661 -3661 GRILL installation of unit and operating equipment complete with all necessary hardware by tenant's door manufacturer. Structural support steel, floor and roof corrections are to be provide by the tenants door contractor and Installed by same. PROVIDE locks at each Jamb with shielded thumb -turn lock release Inside at center of bottom bar, with "tight-bar" configuration as required to pervent operation of the thumb -lock release from Mall side. Allow minimum 1" clearance rolling between grille housing and soffit below. FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08110 WORK INCLUDED: Provide finish hardware throughout the Work as indicated In the Drawings, as specified herein and as required for a complete installation. PROVIDE finish hardware throughout the Work as needed for a complete installation and as specified herein. FIRE -RATED OPENINGS: Comply with NFPA Standard No. SO and local codes for Installation of hardware In fire -rated assemblies. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM In compliance with requirements of door and door from labels. REMOVE EXISTING DEADBOLTS with keyed cylinder locks Inside occupied space. Replace with new deadbolt, or reconfigure existing unit, to provide an Inside latch with lever, per ADA requirements. TOILET DOOR SIGNS= Interior pictorial symbol signage as manufactured by Allenite Signs (816 - 842 -0163 or 1- 800 - 825-0150) or equal S x S x 1/8 Inch minimum radius cornered Pictorial Symbol Signs, with 1/32" raised pictogram symbols, I/52" x 5/S" high upper case "Avant Guard" style raised letter text, and with I/32" Grade II Braille text. Text and pictogram to be white on burgundy colored sign panel with matte finish. Provide double sided 1/32" thick Scotchmount tape for attaching at 60" above floor to center of sign on the wall adjacent to the latch side of a door. Text to read: MEN, WOMEN, or TOILET, as appropriate. FASTENERS: Provide necessary screws, bolts and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor hardware In position For long life under hard use. Provide concealed fasteners For hardware units which are exposed when door Is closed_ KEYING: Provide all locksets keyed alike, masterkeyed from Landlord's system. Provide 2 keys per lock with a maximum of S keys per set. AT FIRE -RATED DOORS provide UL- listed surface mounted closers and UL- listed head/jamb gasketing in addition to hardware Indicated In Schedule below. STOPS: If a wall stop Is not possible to Install, provide a floor stop equal to "Ives° # 438 x 626 or equal where scheduled below. INSTALL hardware Items at heights as recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically required to comply with local codes. Install hardware in compliance with the manufacturer's Instructions and recommendations. Set units level, plumb and true. Consult with owner as to keying Instructions. ADJUST and check operation of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. HARDWARE SCHEDULE: (note that quantities shown are for EACH door noted) HARDWARE SET * A - PASSAGE DOOR: I -1/2 Pr. Butts: "PBB" 3381 x 45 x 4.5 x 626 I ea_ Latchset: "PDQ" # SP -126 x PHL x 2 -3/4 x 626 x thru -bolt I ea. Wall Stop: 'Signature Brass" * SBW -302PT x 630 3 ea. Silencers: "Signature Brass" * SBI331 -A HARDWARE SET * B - PRIVACY LOGKSET (at toilets): Same as set "A" above, but DELETE latchset and ADD the Following: 1 ea. Lockset: "PPG' # SP -116 x PHL x 2 -3/4 x 626 x thru-bolt I ea. Closer: "LGN" 4041 Series x AL ea. Door Sign: "Allenite" pictorial symbol sign (re: above) HARDWARE SET # G= INTERIOR SERVICE ENTRANCE DOOR: Same as set "A" above, but delete latchset and add the fallowing: 1 ea. Battery operated Alarm Lock: °Detex' * EGL -600 -D w/opttonal outside key control 4 °Schlage" master keyed cylinder and pull 1 ea. Armor Plate: Clear plastic x 40" H x 2° WIN x .125" x B4E 1 ea. Crash Stop: "Ives" 115 (at non -fire rated doors only) 1 ea. Closer: 'LGN" 4041 Series x AL HARDWARE SET # D -• OVERHEAD DOOR or EXISTING DOOR: 1 ea. Mortise Cylinder (confirm type with overhead door manufacturer) GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION OSSOO WORK INCLUDED: Provide glass and glazing as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction. GLAZING STANDARDS: Comply with recommendations of Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant Manual' except where more stringent requirements are Indicated. Refer to those publications for definitions of glass and glazing terms not otherwise defined In this section or other referenced standards. SAFETY GLAZING STANDARDS: Where safety glass is Indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide type of products indicated which comply with ANSI Z11.I and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials. FLOAT/PLATE GLASS: Type I, Quality q3, clear unless otherwise Indicated_ TEMPERED GLASS= Provide prime glass of color and type Indicated, which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in banding to not less than 4.5 times annealed strength. PROVIDE TEMPERED GLASS In all door openings, and within five (5) feet of any door opening, within IS" from finished floor, and where otherwise Indicated to be provided by the Drawings, or as required by the standards Indicated herein. CLEAN GLAZING CHANNEL and other framing members to receive glass, Immediately before glazing. Remove coatings which are not firmly bonded to substrate. Remove lacquer from metal surfaces where elastomeric sealants are used. COMPLY with FGMA "Glazing Manual" and manufacturers Instructions and recommendations. Use manufacturer's recommended spacers, blocks, primers, sealers, gaskets and accessories. INSTALL glass with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow and roller marks. Install sealants to provide complete wetting and bond and to create a substantial wash away from glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. REMOVE and replace damaged glass and glazing. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for Inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion. Comply with glass product manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning. GYPSUM DRYWALL WALL PARTITION SUPPORT MATERIALS: MISGFLI ANEOUS MATERIALS: GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: SEGTION 0 PROVIDE screw--type gypsum drywall as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown In the Contract Documents. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM: Zinc- coated or painted steel system of furring runners, furring tees, and accessories designed for concealed support of gypsum drywall ceilings, of proper type for use intended. Size ceiling support components to comply with ASTM G -754 unless otherwise Indicated. STUDS: ASTM G 645 25 gage unless otherwise noted. DEPTH OF SECTION: 3 -5 /5" or as noted. RUNNERS: Match studs; type recommended by stud manufacturer for floor and calling support of studs, and for vertical abutment of drywall work at other work. STUD SYSTEM ACCESSORIES= Provide stud manufacturer's standard clips, shoes, ties, reinforcements, fasteners and other accessories as needed for a complete stud system. FURRING MEMBERS: ASTM G 645; 25 gage, hat - shaped. Z- FURRING MEMBERS: Manufacturer's standard screw -type zee - shaped furring members; of not thinner than 26 gage galvanized steel, ASTM A 525, 610; of depth indicated; designed for mechanically attachment of Insulation boards or blankets to monolithic concrete and masonry walls. Provide fasteners of type and size recommended by furring manufacturer for the substrate and application indicated. TYPICAL EXPOSES) GYPSUM BOARD: Type X (fire resistant) with tapered long edges, 5/8" thickness, except where otherwise indicated, in maximum length available which will minimize end joints. WATER- RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD: Provide In all toilet rooms; 5/8" thick water - resistant Type X, with tapered long edges. TRIM ACCESSORIES: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing and beaded for concealment of flanges In joint compound. Provide corner beads, L -type edge trim- beads, U -type edge trim- beads, special L -kerf -type edge trim- beads. CONTROL JOINTS: Provide 2 - standard L -type edge trim beads, In lieu of manufacturer's standard one -piece control joint beads. STAPLING of trim accessories will not be permitted_ JOINT COMPOUND= ASTM C 415; On interior work provide single, multi- purpose grade, ready -mixed vinyl -type, with perforated type paper joint tape. GENERAL: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer gypsum boards. GYPSUM BOARD FASTENERS: Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM G 1002. PREPARATION FOR METAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS: Coordinate work with structural Gelling work to ensure that Inserts and other structural anchorage provisions have been installed to receive coffin hangers. Furnish steel deck hanger clips and similar devices to other trades for instal� well In advance of time needed for coordination with other work. INSTALLATION OF CEILING SUPPORT SUSPENSION SYSTEMS: Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible, otherwise connect to clips or other anchorage devices or fasteners as Indicated. Space main runners 4' -0" o.c. and space hangers 4' -0" o.c. along runners, except as otherwise shown. Level main runners to a tolerance of 1/4" in 12' -O', measured both lengthwise on each runner and transversely between parallel runners. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports as indicated. Install auxiliary framing at termination of drywall work, and at openings for light fixtures and similar work, as required for support of both the drywall construction and other work indicated for support thereon. INSTALLATION OF WALL/PARTITION SUPPORT SYSTEMS= Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and similar work which cannot be adequately supported on gypsum board alone. Isolate stud system from transfer of structural loading to system, both horizontally and vertically. Provide slip or cushioned type joints to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading_ Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum drywall stud system abuts other work, except as otherwise Indicated. Terminate partition study system at ceilings, except where indicated to be extended to structural support or substrate above. Space studs 16° o.c., except as otherwise Indicated, Frame door openings with vertical studs extending to structural support above, securely attached by screws at each Jamb either directly to frames or to jamb anchor clips on door frame; Install runner track sections (for jack studs) at head and secure to Jamb studs. Provide runner tracks of same gage as Jamb studs. Space Jack studs some as partition studs. AT DOOR OPENINGS, Install double (2 ea) 20 gage studs at all openings, screw attach web of back- to -back studs direct to jamb anchor clips nested between flange of stud. Frame opening other than door openings in same manner as required for door openings; and install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. INSTALLATION OF WALL FURRING: Space wall furring members 24" o.c., except as otherwise indicated. Erect thermal Insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 16" o.c. except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stud nails or power -drive fasteners spaced 16" o.c. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner start from this furring member with 3" wide strip of insulation followed by furring member in the normal manner. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 from corner and cut insulation to fit. Until gypsum board Is Installed, hold Insulation in place with 10° s apes fabricated from 18 gage tie wire and Inserted through slot In web of member, or by an equally acceptable method. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, runners, Furring, blocking and bracing at opening and terminations In the work, and at locations required to support fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings and stmllar work which cannot be adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone. INSTALL sound attenuation blankets as Indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily Installed after board has been Installed. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible, and stagger not less than I' -O" In alternate courses of board. Install ceiling boards In the direction and manner which will minimize the number of end -butt joints, and which will avoid end joints In the central area of each ceiling. Stagger end joints at least I'-O ". INSTALL WALL/PARTITION BOARDS vertiGally to avoid end -butt joints wherever possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, Install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. INSTALL EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD with face side out. Do not install Imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light Contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16' open space between boards. Do not force Into place. LOCATE either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board black - blocking is provided behind end joints_ Position boards so that both tapered edge joints abut, and mill -cut or field -cut end joints abut. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. ATTACH gypsum board to Framing and blacking as required for additional support at openings and cutouts. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. Dover bath faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum board In concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc), except In chase walls which are properly braced Internally. ISOLATE perimeter of non -load- bearing drywall partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4" to «" space and trim edge with J -type semi- finishing edge trim. Seal joints with acoustical sealant. Do not fasten drywall directly to stud system runner tracks. SPACE FASTENERS In gypsum boards In accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations. On ceilings apply gypsum board prior to wall /partition board application to the greatest extent possible. On partitions /walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel), unless otherwise indicated, and provide sheet lengths which will minimize end joints. On Z- furring members apply gypsum board vertically (parallel) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. FASTEN GYPSUM BOARD supports with screws. DIRECT- BONDING TO SUBSTRATE: Where gypsum board Is Indicated to be directly adhered to asubstrate (other than studs, joints, furring members or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturers recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum board until fastening adhesive has set. INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES: Inhere Feasible, use the some fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges cis required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions and recommendations. Install mewl corner beads at external corners of drywall work. INSTALL METAL EDGE TRIM whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi- exposed. Provide type with face flange to receive Joint compound. Install L -type trim where work Is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf-type where other work Is kerfed to receive long leg of L- type trim. Install U -type where edg s exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant- filled (Including expansion joints). INSTALL METAL CONTROL JOINTS above both sides of all door frames, and as otherwise required not to exceed a 30' -0" long uninterrupted surface In partitions, ceilings, and In furring systems_ INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL FINISHING: Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions), flanges of trim accessories, penetrations, fasteners heads, surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. Prof!!! open joints and rounded or beveled edges, using type of compound recommended by manufacturer. Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where a trim accessory Is indicated. Apply joint compound In three (3) coats (not Including preflll of openings In base), and sand between last two (2) coats and after last coat. At water - resistant gypsum board base for ceramic tile, tape and finish joints with two (2) coats water - resistant joint PARTIAL FINISHING: Omit third coat (If specified) and sanding on concealed drywall work which is Indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. Refer to sections on painting, coating and wall - coverings In Division 1 for decorative finishes to be applied to drywall work. PROTECTION OF WORK: Installer shall advise Contractor of required procedures for protecting gypsum drywall work from damage and deterioration during remainder of construction period. CERAMIC TILE SEGTION SECTION 0 PROVIDE ceramic tile units where Indicated on the Drawings, with trim units that match adjoining tile. Provide cove base units unless noted otherwise on the drawings. SEQUENCE OF CERAMIC FLOOR TILE: With Ceramic cove base, install ceramic floor the after installation of gypsum wallboard partitions and after Installation of base cabinets. TILE PRODUCTS 4 GROUT COLOR: Refer to the Material 4 Color schedule In the Drawings. TYPICAL WALL GROUT: Latex modified Portland cement; ANSI A 118.6, with latex additive serving 05 a replacement for part or all of gauging water, added at Job site with dry grout mixture. LATEX- PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR: Latex modified Portland cement dry -set mortar; ANSI A 118.4. TYPICAL FLOOR TILE shall be thin -set In Portland cement using latex - Portland cement mortar and sanded latex Portland cement grout with acrylic additive, in accordance with TCA Handbook Method No. FI13. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE: 30 mil thick "NobleSeal TS° (800 -818 -5188) composite, elastomerlc sheet membrane set on substrate In latex - Portland cement mortar bond coat. Use NobleSealant 150 at drains, penetrations and terminal edges. Use NobleWetd 100 at joints In sheets. Install In full compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide waterproofing membrane at all locations where the project site is located above useable space (Including parking garage areas). TILE INSTALLATION: Remove existing coatings, curing compounds, membranes, oil, grec e, - ;. wax or dust. Extend the Work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures toad t L. f. form a complete covering without Interruptions. Terminate Work neatly at obstructIonsf edge, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. f' ACCURATELY form Intersections and returns. Perform Gutting and drilling of tile without ' F marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish or butlt In Items for straight aligned joints. Pit the closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and other jAN .; penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. JOINT PATTERN= Unless otherwise shown, la y 9 P tile in rid pattern. Layout tile Work eG Hier �- -- tile fields In both directions In each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimiz a the L,I^° cutting. Provide uniform joint widths. L 9 g r� GLEAN AND PROTECT: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. Protect installed tile until grout has cured. Provide kraft paper or other heavy covering to prevent damage or soiling to floor tile. AGOUSTIGAL CEILINGS SECTION 001510 WORK INCLUDED: Provide acoustical ceilings as shown an the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed to meet the requirements of the construction shown in the Contract Documents. MAINTENANCE STOCK: At time of completing Installation, deliver stock of maintenance material to Owner. Furnish full size units matching units installed, packaged with protective covering For storage, and Identified with appropriate labels. Furnish amount equal to 2.0% of each type of the total acoustical panels Installed. ACOUSTICAL PANELS 4 GRID= Refer to drawings for schedule of telling materials and sizes. COMPLY WITH ASTM G 635, as applicable to type of suspension system required for type of Gelling units indicated. Coordinate with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, Including light fixtures, I-IVAG equipment, and partition system (if any). ATTACHMENT DEVICES: Size for five (5) times design load Indicated In ASTM C 635, Table I, Direct Hung. HANGER WIRES: Galvanized carbon steel, ASTM A 641, soft temper, prestretched, yield -stress Toad of at least three (3) times design load, but not less than 12 gage (0.106 "). EDGE MOLDINGS: Manufacturer's recessed channel molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling, with single flange of molding exposed, baked enamel finish to match balance of grid. EXPOSED SUSPENSION SYSTEM: Manufacturer's standard exposed runners, cross- runners and accessories, of types and profiles Indicated, with exposed cross runners coped to lay flush with main runners. Provide uniform factory - applied finish on exposed surfaces of Gelling suspension system, including moldings, trim, and accessories, In manufacturer's baked enamel finish, to match type of ceiling. INSTALLATION: MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid use of less- than -half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible. COMPLY with manufacturer's printed instructions, and with governing regulations, fire- resistance rating requirements and with Industry standards applicable to the Work_ ARRANGE acoustical units and orient directionally- patterned units in the manner shown by reflected ceiling plans, with pattern running In one direction. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM to comply with ASTM C 636, with hangers supported only from building structural members. Locate hangers not less than 6° from each end and space 4'- 0" along each carrying channel or direct -hung runner. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye-screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. Screw- attach moldings to substrate at levels not over 16" 04. and not more than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of I/8" to 12' -0 ". Miter corners accurately and connect securely. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS In coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations. ADJUST AND CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's Instructions for cleaning and touch -up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. • II PROJECT • JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tttoben «st2d.com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design 5055 NOV 0 e no? Ja State REGISTERED ARCH I: CT • ■ GENERAL NOTES • REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION • DRAWING NUMBER es A. L" hty of Washington Dol-L-40 RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described on this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions_ CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. NOV 3 rJ ZuuI • DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 ■ DRAWING TITLE SPECIFICATIONS DATE SP -2 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE SECTION 0 PROVIDE vinyl composition tile flooring, seamless vinyl flooring, and resilient base, where noted on the drawings and as specified herein. SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION: When possible, install resilient flooring before installation of architectural woodwork base cabinets, to facilitate future modifications and relocation of counters. Protect flooring from damage by construction operations at traffic are with minimum of one (1) layer kraft paper, taped at seams and edges. FIRE PREFORMANGE CHARACTERISTICS: Provide resilient flooring materials meeting the following requirements as tested by UL or other testing agency acceptable to authorities having Jurisdiction, in accordance with the following ASTM requirements: CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX: 0.45 watts per square GM or more per ASTM E 648. SMOKE DENSITY: less than 450 per ASTM 1= 662. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS: Submit manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring cnd accessory required. EXTRA STOCK: Deliver minimum of one (I) carton of resilient tile, twelve (12) square feet of seamless flooring, and /or twelve (12) lineal feet of base material, of each type and color of material Installed. VINYL COMPOSITION FLOOR TILE: 12" x 12" x 1/8" thick products complying with ASTM F 1066, Composition I (non - asbestos formulated). Manufacturer(s) and product type as Indicated on the Drawings. SHEET VINYL FLOORING: 0.085 Inch overall thickness In 6 foot wide sheets, meeting ASTM F 1303 - Type 11, Grade I- Glass A backing, Manufacturer(s) and product type as Indicated on the Drawings. CONCRETE SLAB PRIMER: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. TROWELABLE UNDERLAYMENTS AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: Latex - modified, portland- cement -based formulation provided or approved by tale manufacturer for applications Indicated. ADHESIVES (Cements): Latex water - resistant type recommended by the manufacturer to suit resilient Moor tile products and substrate conditions indicated. METAL EDGE STRIPS: Extruded aluminum with mill finish, of height required to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running Joints INSTALLATION: EXAMINE AREAS where Installation of tiles will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for tile installation and comply with tile manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. Do not proceed with Installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION: Level and patch subfloor using compounds recommended by flooring manufacturer. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, Including curing compounds, adhesives, paint, oils, waxes and sealers. boom clean or vacwm subfloor surfaces and apply primer, If recommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. DO NOT DRY SCRAPE OR SAND existing flooring materials, and do not dry serape or dry sweep residual backing or felt lining materials. Such materials may contain asbestos fibers that ore not readily Identifiable. VERIFY that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 110 and that slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials whose presence would Interfere with bonding of adhesive. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by tile manufacturer. Verify that subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits of any kind. GENERAL INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's printed Installation Instructions, and as specified herein. Extend resilient flooring Into toe spaces, door reveals, and Into closets and similar openings. Scribe, cut and fit resilient flooring to permanent fixtures, built -In furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. ADHESIVE: Adiere flooring to substrates using full spread of waterproof, stabilized mastic recommended for use by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions, INSTALLATION OF TILE FLOORS: Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edgges of room area of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown. Match tiles for color and pattern by using tile from cartons In same sequence as manufactured and packaged If so numbered. Gut the neatly around all fixtures. 5roken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. ADHERE tiles to flooring substrates without producing open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at Joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface Imperfections in completed the installation. I•Icnd roll tiles where required. INSTALLATION OF SEAMLESS FLOORING: Unroll material to relax face up on floor. Inspect flooring surface and edges for objections damage. Layout to minimize seams and orient so that seams 11111 normally be parallel to building elements. Reverse direction of adjacent sheets for color matching. Apply adhesive and set flooring b rolling In both directions with a 100 to 150 pound Sectional floor roller, except at seam overlap. Heat weld or chemical weld Seam, to be flush with finish of floor, and roll seams with seam roller. INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES: Apply wall base to w0115, columns, pilasters, casework and other permanent fixtures In rooms or areas where base Is required_ install base In lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with metered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous bead of silicone sealant, between base and flooring, and at top of base at wall, for watertight seal. INITIAL GLEANING: Immediately after completing tile Installation remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by tile manufacturers. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. Do not wash floor until time period recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer has elapsed to allow resilient flooring to become well- sealed In adhesive. Damp -mop floor being careful to remove black marks and excessive 5011. Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using appropriate cleaner recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers. STRIP EXISTING FACTORY FLOOR FINISH by scrubbing with a single disk automatic scrubbing machine and by washing with a commercial stripping solution and warm water. Do not flood floor with stripping solution or rinse water. Remove stripping solution by mopping. Rinse with clean water and wet vacuum or mop dry. RESILIENT FLOORING FINISH: Apply one coat of sealer/filler to Striped flooring, as recommended by flooring manufacturer. After application of sealer, apply initial two (2) coats of high quality, metal cross - linked, acrylic floor polish, allowing at least 30 minutes drying time between applications. Polish and buff with a single disk flooring machine, until a high gloss luster is obtained. PROTECT FLOORING against mars, marks, Indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of Construction period. Use protection methods Indicated or recommended by tile manufacturer. CARPETING SECTION 0 WORK INGLUDED: Install all sheet type carpeting, and porvlde all accessory mateials, where indicated In the drawings, as required herein, and as necessary for a complete and proper installation. The work Includes leveling and patching of concrete floors, Installation of carpeting, providing adhesive for glue down Installation, and providing carpet accessories. SHEET CARPET MATERIAL WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. LEVELING COMPOUND: Latex type as recommended by the carpet manufacturer compatible with adhesives and curing/sealing compound on concrete. INSTALLATION ADHESIVE: Water - resistant, non -staining as recommended by the carpet manufacturer, which complies with falmmabiltty requrremens of Installed carpet. SEAMING GEMENT: Hot -melt seaming adhesive or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer, for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and prevent pile loss at the seams. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: As recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet, cushions and other carpeting products; selected by Installer to meet project circumstances and requirements. PRE - INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: Measure carefully and Check all dimensions and other field measurements to insure proper fit in the areas designated to received carpet, SURFACE PREPARATION: All surfaces to receive carpet sahll be clean and dry. Cracks I/I6" or more, holes, unevenness and roughness must be filled, leveled and made smooth with a compatible latex floor patching compound. Prior to filling, the floor must be swept clean. Feather a minimum of 4' -O" where filling or leveling is required. After filling allow filler to dry. Vaccum after mopping. VACUUM FLOORS again Immediately before installation of carpeting. Check concrete surfaces to Inure that no "dusting" through carpet will occur. INSTALLATION: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for learn locations and direction of carpet, maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. Follow seaming diagram as submitted and approved. At doors, center seams under doors, do not place seams In traffics direction at doorways. EXTEND carpet under open bottomed obstructions and uner removable flanges and furnishings, and into alcoves and closets of each space. PROVIDE cut outs where required and bind cut edges properly where not concealed by protective edge guard or overlapping flanges. GLUE DOWN INSTALLATION: FIT sections of carpet Into each space prior to applictlon of adhesive. Trim edges and but cuts with seaming cement. APPLY adhesive uniformly to substrate In accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Butt carpet edges tightly together to form seams without gaps. Roll entire capret area lightly of eliminate air pockets and Insure uniform bond. Reove any adhesive promptly from the face of carpet by method which will not damage carpet face. GLEANING AND PROTECTION: ON COMPLETION of the installation in each area, all dirt, carpet scraps, etc., mut be removed from the surface a the carpet. Any soiling spots or excessive adhlslve on the carpet shall be removed woth the proper spot remover. DO NOT walk on or move furniture onto carpet surface for minimum of 24 hours after Installation. DO NOT allow construction traffic, other than cis may be required to fit up specific carpeted areas, to traverse the completed work. REMOVE DEBRIS, sorting pieces to be saved as scraps to be disposed of. PROTECT CARPETING against damage during construction. Cover with 6 -mil thick polyethylene covering with taped Joints during the construction period, wherever protection Is required, so that carpet will be without aany Indication of deterioration, wear, or damage at the time of acceptance. Damaged carpeting will be rejected. As the carpet is laid, remove all trimmings, excess pieces of carpeting and laying materials from each area as It Is completed. IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, vacuum carpet using commercial pile lifter of type recommended by carpet manufacturer. Remove spots and replace carpet where spots cannot be removed. Remove rejected carpeting and replace with new carpeting, PAINTING SECTION 09 WORK INCLUDE surface preparation and painting or finishing of Interior exposed to view, throughout the Protect and in accordance with requirements herein. Except where a natural finish or a material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted, paint all exposed surfaces whether or not painting Is designated in the drawings. Where Items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or areas. PAINTING NOT REQUIRED: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on plastic laminate, preflnished sheet metal, plumbing fixtures, electrical equipment (excluding exposed distribution cabinet(s) electrical devices, or food service equipment. Painting Is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed or Inaccessible areas. Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, except as otherwise indicated In the finish hardware schedule. Do not paint over code - required labels or equipment identification lobe's. PROVIDE PRIMERS and undercoat paints produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. PREPARE surfaces and apply coatings in strict accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations. USE ONLY SKILLED painters for mixing and applying paint. Quality workmanship is required. In the acceptance or rejection of finish painting, no allowance will be made for the painters' lack of skill or In adequate lighting during painting operations. DELIVER MATERIALS to Job site In original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. Store materials not In actual use In tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage of paint In a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove rags and water dairy. Take all precautions to ensure that workmen and Work areas are adequately protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of paints. JOB CONDITIONS: Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are within recommended range permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed Instructions. Do not apply paint when relative humidity exceeds 8556, or to damp or wet surfaces. EXTRA STOCK: Upon completion of this Section deliver to the Owner extra stock equal to one (I) gallon of each color, type and sheen of paint used in the Work. PROVIDE PAINT products equal to materials listed In the paint schedule Included herein. Note that proprietary names used to designate materials are not Intended to imply that products of named manufacturer are required to exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. MATERIAL QUALITY: Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturers Identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. INSPECTION: Examine areas and conditions under which painting Work Is to be applied and notify Owner of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work Starting of painting Work will be construed as acceptance of surfaces and conditions. SURFACE PREPARATION: Glean surfaces of dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, or other conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures In accordance with paint manufacturer's printed instructions for each particular substrate condition. REMOVE hardware, accessories, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar Items In place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of Items and adjacent Surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items. GLEAN WOOD SURFACES of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot Sealer before application of primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections In finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. PRIME, STAIN, OR SEAL WOOD to be painted Immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of woad, Including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. When transparent finish Is required, backprime with spar varnish. Backprlme paneling on Interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. Seal tops, bottoms, and Cutouts of unprlmed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer Immediately upon delivery or after installation, if unit is cut In the field. GLEAN NONGALVANIZED FERROUS -METAL SURFACES that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. TOUGH UP SHOP - APPLIED PRIME GOATS that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean with solvents recommended b the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. MATERIALS PREPARATION: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials In accordance with manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used In mixing and application of paint In a clean condltlon, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film Into material. Remove film and, If necessary, strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. APPLICATION: Apply paint In accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. SCHEDULING: Apply first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before Subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where It feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. APPLY PAINT to completely cover previously painted surfaces, to provide an opaque, smooth surface a uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. THE NUMBER OF GOATS and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding 15 required to produce an even smooth surface In accordance with the manufacturer's directions. APPLY ADDITIONAL PAINT coats when undercoats, stains or other Conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint film Is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to Insure that surfaces, Including edges, corners, crevices, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. PAINT SURFACES BEHIND movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment_ PAINT INTERIOR SURFACES of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles with a flat, nonspecular black paint. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. MINIMUM COATING THICKNESS: Apply materials at not less than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. PRIME GOATS: Before application of finish Goats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas In first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to Insufficient sealing. PIGMENTED (OPAQUE) FINISHES: Completely over to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. TRANSPARENT (CLEAR) FINISHES: Use multiple coats to produce a glass- smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface Imperfections. MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: The Owner reserves the right to engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the project may be taken, identified, sealed, and certified In the presence of the Contractor. The testing laboratory well perform appropriate tests as required by the Owner. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor may be directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are noncompatible. GLEAN -UP: During the progress of the Work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. Upon completion of painting Work, clean window glass and other paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint or otherwise damage finish surfaces. Touchup and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces after Completion of Work of other trades. PROTECT work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Owner. Provide "wet paint' signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. PAINT MATERIALS SCHEDULE: DRYWALL: SEMI -GLOSS LATEX ENAMEL (Glass A: 5-5-0) Prime coat: "S-W" * B2811400 PrepRlte 400 Interior Latex Primer - 1.6 DFT 2nd 4 3rd. Goat: °S-14" *133111400 ProMar 400 Interior Latex Semi -gloss - 1.6 DFT /coat FERROUS METAL: EGGSHELL ALKY ENAMEL (Glass A: 5-5-0) First Coat: "S-W" * 13SO1 Kem Kromlk Universal Metal Primer - 3.0 min DFT Note: Primer not required to be applied In field on pre - primed Items 2nd 4 3rd. Goat: "544" t 33 ProMar 200 Series Interior Alkyd Eg -Shel - i.e DFT/coat PAINTED WOODWORK: GLOSS ALKYD ENAMEL (Glass A: 5-5-0) Prime Goat: "S-W" * B4111Z2 PrepRite Wall and Wood Primer - 22 DFT 2nd 4 3rd. Goat: 'S-W" 48351 1200 ProMar 200 Series Interior Alkyd Gloss - 1.8 DFT /coat ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FRAMING: SEMI -GLOSS DTM ACRYLIC COATING Prime Coat: " S - W " DIM Wash Primer 0 0.1 - 1.3 mils DFT 2nd 4 3rd. Goat: "S-W" * 866 -200 DTM Semi-Gloss Acrylic Coating - 2.5 min DFT /coat F R P PANELING SECTION 09970 WORK INCLUDES surface preparation of wall surfaces and Installation of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic. (FRP) paneling where indicated on the drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation. FIRE - RETARDANT FRP PANELS: .010" thick x 4' wide "Marlite f9P" , * P -100, White color, or equal USDA accepted, semi -rigid fiberglass reinforced plastic paneling, with UL classified flame -spread of less than 20, fuel contributed 0, and smoke - developed 200, per ASTM E -S4. PREPARATION: Lay panels flat. Walls must be dry and free from dirt, dust and grease. PANEL FITTING: Position panels with I/4" gap at ceiling and floor, and 1/5' gap between each panel and division bar of moldings to allow for normal expansion and contraction. AlIow not less than I /8° gap around pipes, electrical fittings, and other protections. Use carbide- tipped power saws to cut panels. Preflt each panel before Installing. INSTALL PANELS by using Marllte * G-3/5 adhesive (or Morita * G-551 adhesive where solvent vapors cannot be adequately ventilated) to back of panels for 100915 coverage, with a notched trowel. Before adhesive skins over, set panels In position and press against wall. Pull entire panel back away from wall 8" to 10" to flash off solvents. Press back In place. Apply adequate pressure to make full contact between panel and wall. PANEL MOLDINGS: Provide one -piece matching trim and panel moldings at all joints between panels, and at top and bottom edges of panels. Install moldings with continuous bead of Kemlite Silicone Sealant * 255 during installation of panels. Seal joints between moldings and between molding and adjacent finish material. Remove excess Sealant Immediately. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALITIES SECTION 10000 PROVIDE the following Specialties where noted on the Drawings and as specified herein. Install specialty Item furnished by others, as Indicated on the drawings. TOILET ACCESSORIES (where required): Provide units as Indicated In the Drawings. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS (FE): Manufacturer's standard 10 Ib, 4A -6056 rated units. COORDINATION: Coordinate with other Sections to assure that the locations of miscellaneous specialties does not conflict with other related items. Examine and inspect installation of floor or wall finishes, and other conditions that affect installation of miscellaneous specialties. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALL the work of this Section according to manufacturers' Instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate a5 recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored In locations and at heights Indicated. SET EACH ITEM securely In place, leveled and adjusted to the correct working height. Anchor to supporting substrate where Indicted and where required for sustained operation and use without shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages where possible. SECURE MIRRORS TO WALLS in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. INSTALL GRAB BARS to withstand a downward load of at least 250 Ibf, complying with ASTM F 446. ADJUST units for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective item. Glean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. SIGNAGE SECTION 10440 PROVIDE slgnage to comply with requirements Indicated for manufacturing process, material finishes, style, size and message content. Types of Slgnage required Include to the following: Storefront sign reading: "Journey's" Service door sign: I -1/2" High Whlte PSV letters, or as otherwise noted In drawings or mall criteria (verify space number with Owner), reading: JOURNEY'S # (Space No)" LETTER STYLE: Match style of text provided by the Owner. UL COMPLIANCE: Provide electrical components which are UL- labeled and listed. When required by local code, provide sign units which have been tested and labeled by UL. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings of all slgnage to Designer, Owner and Landlord prior to fabrication and erection of Signs. Include elevations and large scale details of fabrication, where applicable, Show anchorages to other materials, connector housings, and accessory Items. Allow 5 days for review. PERMITS: Obtain approval of governmental authorities having Jurisdiction, and obtain approval of the Landlord before fabrication of slgnage. Costs for permits and approval is a part of this Section. LABELS: With the exception of required UL labels, do not apply fabricator's Identification labels to any exposed surface of signs. CORRECTION OF WORK: The Slgnage contractor shall promptly correct all defective Work, or Work not meeting the requirements of the Construction Documents for a period of ONE YEAR after installation. PRESSURE SENSITIVE VINYL (PSV): "220 Scotchcal" by 3M or equal 2 mil minimum thickness, opaque, non - reflecting, cast PVG film with pressure sensitive adhesive backing, suitable for exterior as well 05 interior applications, colors as noted In material -color schedule. Die -cut copy characters and stripes from PSV, mounted on paper backing sheet. OTHER SIGNAGE PRODUCTS/MATERIALS: As indicated in the Drawings. SIGNAGE INSTALLATION: INSTALL slgnage in accordance with the approved shop drawings, to be level, plumb, and at height indicated, free from distortion or other defects of appearance. Remove and reinstall slgnage materials that do not comply with these requirements. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION(S): Coordinate with the electrical sub - contractor to assure that electrical junction box provided by him is located near Illuminated slgnage. Final connection of transformer or ballast to electrical Junction box Is a part of this Section. TOUGH -UP PAINTING: paint all attachment screws, brackets, etc. to match color of sign unit or substrate, as applicable. Touch-up all exposed surfaces damaged during installation, to match color of adjacent painted surfaces. END OF ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS LI-Lto ® PROJECT Ills PROJECT NUMBER 07436-17 • PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tftobensst2d com • ARCHITECT /DESIGNER STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES of the Designer and /or Architect are undertaken for and are performed in the interest of the Project Owner. No contractual obligation is assumed by the Designer and /or the Architect for the benefit of any other entity involved in this Project. EXISTING CONDITIONS: The Designer / Architect disclaims any responsibility for the existing building structure, site conditions, existing construction elements, or any other documents, drawings, or other instruments related to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the project, which do not bear the Architect's seal. THIS DRAWING has been prepared by the Architect, or under the his supervision. This Drawing is provided os an instrument of service by the Designer / Architect and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein, constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer / Architect. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without the prior written consent of the Architect /Designer is strickly prohibited. (C) Copyright 2007 by Studio T2 Design • JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SLATE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PH: 913.649.6037 FAX 913.648.7111 6 6055 NOVO7 2OU,? REG l STE` ED R Tr ..T ar es A. Lechty State of Washington • GENERAL NOTES RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Conditions of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described an this drawing. Failure to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor from providing o complete Project. COMPLY WITH all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a material or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to finish face of a material, unless othewise indicated. ■ REVISIONS NO. DESCRIPTION • NOV 3 0 2007 N EFL ■ DATE 5 NOVEMBER 2007 • DRAWING TITLE SPECIFICATIONS DATE • DRAWING NUMBER SP -3 v v Y V V V LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE \ \` MARK NO. MANUFACTURER $ VOLTS W ATTS LAMPS DES CRIPTION ACCESS $ NOTES CATALOG N UMBER LIGHTOLIER I -3211 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR (I) 3211 F32T8 LAMP WITH SW4S132HPFUNV F2TS ELECTRONIC BALLAST. CHAIN HANG FIXTURE AT HEIGHT A DIRECTED 12,3,4 c1 LIGHTOLIER 120 2 -2411 2' TRACK- MOUNTED FLUORESCENT WALL WASHER FOR (2) 6 12765K 4cI F24T5/ 24W F24T5HO LAMPS WITH FI FGTRONIG BALLAST. BLACK ON 2- CIRCUIT HO FINISH. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY 2- CIRCUIT LYTESPAN B BRAND SINGLE- CIRCUIT TRACK, LENGTH AS INDICATED ON A,1,2,7,c1 LYTESPAN TRACK PLANS. PENDANT MOUNT TRACK AT APPROX 10' AFF LIGHTOLIER 120 I -2011 TRACK- MOUNTED MINI CYLINDER FOR (1) 2011 T4 CERAMIC 5102 -5K ON 24 T4 /GMH METAL HALIDE LAMP. BLACK FINISH. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY C 2- CIRCUIT LYTESPAN TRACK A,I2,7,9 2- CIRCUIT LYTESPAN BRAND TRACK AS INDICATED ON PLANS. PENDANT MOUNT TRACK AT APPROX 10' AFF LIGHTOLIER 217 1-3211 4' NARROW FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR (1) 3211 1 LAMP SN4132HPFUNV 31 F32TS WITH FI FGTRONIC BALLAST. MOUNT IN SUSPFN1 EO CEILING D FEATURE A5 REQUIRED. SEE DETAILS ON ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS. 1,2,3,4,1,c1 METALUX I -2511 3' NARROW FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR (I) 2511 F25TS LAMP SN- 125-- UNV -E35I/ F25TS WITH FL FGTRONIC BALLAST. MOUNT IN WALL DISPLAY K SNASTREv3 FIXTURE AT 1O'-O" t AFF. PAINT FIXTURE TO MATCH WALL. COORDINATE COLOR W/ ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS. 1,2 ,5,4,5,7,4,11 LIGHTOLIER I- I T 2' NARROW FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR (1) 1711 FI1TS LAMP SN25I17HPFUNVHI- FITfS WITH ELFGTRONIG BALLAST. MOUNT IN WALL DISPLAY VLW4X24 FIXTURE AT 10' -0"± AFF. PAINT FIXTURE TO MATCH WALL. COORDINATE DOLOR W/ ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS. 12,3,4$,7,4,11 MEfALUX 277 2 -3211 4' FLUORESCENT WALL BRACKET WITH ACRYLIC PRISMATIC BC- 232- UNV -E1351 5s. 1=32TS LENS FOR (2) 3211 F32TS LAMPS AND ELECTRONIC L BALLAST 1.254A1 I LIGHTOLIER 120 1 -1311 5 "O RECE:XED DOWNLISHT FOR (1) 1311 COMPACT 101613K- IOOFI3U 15 CF FLUORESCENT LAMP WITH BLACK BAFFLE M 1,2,q STONGO 120 I -IqW PENDANT MOUNTED LAMPHOLDER WITH GLASS GLOBE AND N VPII6C 20 CF STEEL CAGE FOR (I) 1411 COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMP. PENDANT MOUNT AT 5' -0" AFF 12,6Q LIGHTOLIER 120 TRACK MOUNTED RECEPTACLE -- BLACK Q 60S5BK 15 WA 1,4 LIGHTOLIER 277 2 -3211 25x2' RECESSED TROFFER FOR (2) 3211 F532T8 LAMPS (6" R PLA261L52U6- 277 -S0 W/ FK92X2 62 FB32T8 6" LE6 LEG) WITH q &ELL PAR ABOLIC LOUVER AND ELECTRONIC )3ALLAST. PROVIDE DRYWALL FLANGE KIT FOR 123,4,41 INSTALLATION IN GYPBOARD CEILING. LIGHTOLIER F1 I -3211 SAME AS TYPE 'A' EXCEPT WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY T SW4S132HPFUNVEM F32TS BALLAST. A,1,2,7,q LIGHTOLIER 277 2 -3211 SAME AS TYPE 'R' EXCEPT 11ITH EMERGENCY BATTERY Z PLA2GGILS2U6- 277 -50 EM 5q FB32TS 6" LEG BALLAST. 1 4,q,10 11/ FK42X2 EXITRONIX 211/ INCL EXIT LIGHT 111TH LED LAMPS, RED LETTERS ON WHITE VEX- U- BP- -WB-13L 120 BACKGROUND, UNIVERSAL MOUNT, BATTERY BACKUP. 4.q CEILING MOUNT WHERE 1,4,10 POSSIBLE OR MOUNT ON WALL ABOVE DOOR AT 12' -0" AFF WHERE CEILING NOT PRESENT 1 O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 So W N Sb Sc Sol O 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 Se Sf Sg LIGHT SWITCH DETAIL SCALE: NONE LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTE I. THERE SHALL BE NO SUBSTITUTIONS FOR DESIGNATED FIXTURES TYPES. FIXTURES SHALL BE SUBMITTED EXACTLY AS SPECIFIED ON SCHEDULE 2. ACCEPTABLE LAMP MANUFACTURERS ARE PHILLIPS, GE, SYLVANIA AND WESTINGHOUSE 3. FIXTURES SHALL HAVE ENERGY- SAVING BALLASTS AND LAMPS 4_ FIXTURES SHALL HAVE 'ADVANCE' ENERGY- SAVING BALLASTS 5. PAINT FIXTURE TO MATCH WALL. COORDINATE DOLOR WITH ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS. 6. FIXTURE SHALL BE SUSPENDED AT A HEIGHT OF 5' -0" AFF 7. FIXTURE SHALL BE SUSPENDED AT A HEIGHT OF 10' -0" AFF S. SUSPEND FIXTURE TO 6' ABOVE TOP STOCKROOM SHELVING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR CI IELVIN& HEIGHT. GI. FIXTURE FURNISHED $ INSTALLED BY E.G. 10. PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY EA 111Y AND BALLAST AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER. II. CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT FLUX, INC AT (206)252 -3023 FOR LIGHT FIXTURE INFORMATION. 12. METAL SHIELD, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. ACCESSORI A INCLUDE ALL NECESSARY LYTESPAN BRAND TRACK 6004BK, 60455K, 7650 AND 7681 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN SCALE: I/4" = I' LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: l' I I -ROW OF 3 -GANG SWITCHES, I -ROW OF 4 -GANG FOR SALES AREA LIGHTING CONNECT TO FIXTURES AS INDICATED. SEE NOTE 2. I / I GONNEGT TO SWITCH INDICATED AT SW I TCHBANK. SEE NOTE I $ LIGHT SWITCH DETAIL, THIS SHEET. 3 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX IN CABINET FOR OWNER - FURNISHED LIGHTING IN CASWORK. 1 I MOUNT FIXTURE IN SUSPENDED CUSTOM ACCENT LIGHT COVE. SEE DETAILS ON ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS. CODE RE1�E 'FOR COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUN - 6 2008 City Of Tukwila ' B ILDING DIVI_ : N RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAY 2 9 2008 PERMIT CENTER Doi,q40 INCOMPLETE LTR # 1 qii NO This drawing has been prepared by the Engineer, or under his supervision. This drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer /Engineer and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990, all drawings. specifications. ideas and designs. including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein. constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer/Engineer. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without prior written consent of the Engineer ire strictly prohibited. © Copyright 2007 Bob Curry Engineer pvi 44 BOB CURRY 5720 Reeder Shawnee, Ks. 66203 (913)262 -1772 afflossoz FM PROJEC'T JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTRELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOU'H`HCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKWILA, WA 98188 ® PROJECT NUMBER 07436 -17 ® PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN tItolben*st2dcorn ▪ ARcHnEar STUDIO T2 DESIGN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE & DESIGN 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 LEAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PR 913649.6037 FAX 913.6437111 JAMES A. LICHTY ARCHITECT 0 MEE MEE ®® ®E OHM RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of on integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The Gad Conditions of the Conduct: the General Raga - smart% (Dion 1 of the Sped ns), applicable regairementa of Division 2 thru Division 16 Sections of the Specifications, and other Drawings may apply to the work described cm this drawing. Fare to review other documents does not relieve the Contractor Gem Folding a complete project COMPLY WITH dl laws, code and crdinonces of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Londord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL COMMONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions. do not scde the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a matte or equipment Kern to work instilled by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility for satisfactory installation. DIMENSIONS shown are to fines face of a materld, unless othewtse indicated. NQ DESORPTION DATE 1 FE MEIN COMMENTS 2 CiTY CUTS 4 CITY COMMENTS TS DATE 6 NOVEMBER 2007 M DRAWING TITLE LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN 19 NOV. 2007 12 DEC. 2007 28 MAY 2008 ® DRAINING E1 ■ IMMIMIEMEnizEnammennoml DEGORATIVE COVE STRIPS PERIMETER SALES STRIPS GASHIAIRAP PENDANTS 5TOREFRONT LIGHTS SALES 2X2 LIGHTS SIDE TRAGK GKT NO PANEL: H BUS: I25A DESCRIPTION VOLTS/PHASE /WIRE: 2T1/480V/30/4W LOCATION: REAR WALL MAIN: IOOA MGB IC: 10,000 RMS SYM. AMPS FEEDER: SEE RISER DIAGRAM EP-KR 51 WIRE AMPS POLE SIZE 0A 05 OA r�S Oc WIRE BRICK MICR SIZE POLE AMPS MOUNTING: SURFACE DESCRIPTION OCT NO 3 5 7 4 11 13 15 I1 I4 21 23 SALES /STOCK LIGHTS x SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE VAV —I 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 NOTES: e — PROVIDE HANDLE LOCK ON BREAKER FOR EMERGENCY $ EXIT LIGHTING u ,t [1 Y P 4IrI��•, 6„ E ' l M1 I '' I ; s ih J I• ' - fl2d 416- 4161 -648 4990 12 1462- 404- dI2- 4160 AMPS TOTAL VA 400 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 40 30 SPARE SPARE SPARE 2 4 6 SPARE SPARE 10 SPARE 12 SPARE SPARE SPARE 14 16 16 30KVA XFMR (PANEL L) 20 22 24 33,001 34.64 5 GASHWRAP LIGHTS 1 GASHWRAP 4PLEXES DISPLAY WINDOW LIGHTS GASHWRAP 4PLEXES GASHWRAP 4PLEXES 13 WATER HEATER 15 STOCKROOM 4PLEX REGEPTS/DOORBFI 1 OH GRILLE rl Inca r �' rmr ALM, 609 ^.tiu X 91 r ,�. � uPh 41�, JI 1 1 �I r m ` ��� i � rl , A '1, ,Jrp, �� 4358 1440 2500 2631 2529 3468 4460 12 I 20 SALES TRACK 12 1 20 SALES TRACK 12 1 20 GLG MTV PLASMA TVS 12 1 20 WALL DISPLAY REGEPTS 12 1 20 WALL DISPLAY REGEPTS 12 1 20 STOCKROOM 4PLEX 360 12 I 20 TELEPHONE 4PLEX TOTAL VA SIGNAGE GKT NO NOTES: PANEL: L BUS: I25A DESCRIPTION GENERAL NOTES: VOLTS/PHASE/WIRE: 120/208V/30/4N LOCATION: REAR WALL MOUNTING: SURFACE MAIN: IOOA MGB I G: 10,000 RMS SYM. AMPS FEEDER: SEE RISER DIAGRAM 1. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY INSTALL ALL SYSTEMS AS INTENDED, WITHIN THE CONFINES OF THE SPACES AVAILABLE, AND WITHOUT INTERFERENCES. 2. IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROPERLY BALANCE ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS BETWEEN THE PHASES OF THE SYSTEM. REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 3. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND DEVICES. 4. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELSEWHERE IN THESE DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS. GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUMMARY OF WORK ALSO DIRECTLY APPLY TO THIS WORK. GONNEGT TO EXISTING IOOA BREAKER $ METER SOCKET IN LANDLORD'S METERING SWITCHBOARD_ PROVIDER ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE ON TENANT / I \ DISCONNECTING MEANS PER LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS t E EXIST FEEDER EXIST LANDLORD SERVICE ENTRANCE SWITCHBOARD 0 E 211/480V 30, 4W 0 o Do DO EXIST GROUNDING PER NEG SCALE: NONE WIR>= SIZE 2460 4#3, I #8G, EXIST 2 "G AMPS 3 #8, I #LOG, 3/4 "G DESCRIPTION 15,423 44.20 PANEL H PANEL L 211/450V 120/208V 50, 41,1 30, 4W IOOA MGB IOOA MGB 30KVA XFMR 400V 30 FRI. 120/208V,30,41^1 SECONDARY #8 GRND PER NEG GKT NO 2 2S 30 4 #3, I #SG, I —I /4 "G ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM PANEL PANEL SCALE: 1/4" = 1' ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES: Fri I WALL MOUNTED STEREO SPEAKER (OFGI): GC, TO INSTALL YAMAHA NS—A1"11 (BLAGK) SPEAKERS BY GENESGO. GG TO PROVIDE SPEAKER WIRING BACK TO STEREO CABINET. F21 COMMUN ICATIONS POWER POLE FOR PHONE/DATA LINES TO GASH REG I STER/CRED I T GARD/PHONE (GFGI) — OWNER SHALL PROVIDE SERVICE AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR TO INSTALL (3) GAT5 GABLES FROM PHONE BOARD TO GASH WRAP. FIRST GAT5 CABLE WILL BE PAIRED FOR VOICE COMMUNICATIONS AND WIRED TO THE TOP 4 —WIRE PHONE JACK IN A DUPLEX 4 —WIRE JACK PLATE AND LABELED "VOICE". THE SECOND GAT5 GABLE WILL BE PAIRED FOR DATA AND BE TERMINATED IN THE REMAINING 4 -1AIIRE JACK IN THE DUPLEX PLATE AND LABELED "DATA ". THE THIRD CATS GABLE 15 FOR FURTURE USE. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SLACK AT EACH END 3I 4 6 El 8 10 ---REVIONED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE SUN - 6 VS City CrtOla ELEGTRIGAL POWER POLE FOR 4 FLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLETS TO BE MOUNTED IN GASH WRAP BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ABOVE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO CEILING— MOUNTED PLASMA TV MONITOR. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION $ ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. JUNCTION BOX WITH TOGGLE DISCONNECT FOR TENANT SIGNAGE PER NEG. CONNECT TO SIGN AS REQUIRED. ROUTE CIRCUIT TO PANEL INDICATED 4 —POLE CONTACTOR 1^1/120V GO IL CONTROLLED BY BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTROL RELAY PER MALL REQUIREMENTS. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN CEILING FOR DISPLAY PER NEG. TELEPHONE BACKER BDS: (1) 24" x 48" HT x 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD (GFGI) — INSTAL 1 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR — RUN 48" DIMENSION IN VERTICAL DIRECTION AND (I) 24" x 24" HT x 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD (GFGI) — INSTALL BOTTOM AT Qci" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR — INSTALL ABOVE ITEM #21 — LABEL BOARD "FOR FUTURE USE OF PERSISTENT GONNEGT ON" NUTONE OR EQUAL COMMERCIAL DOOR CHIME. PROVIDE PUSHBUTTON, CHIME, XFMR, ETG AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 171 LANDLORD FURNISHED JUNCTION BOX FOR CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR CONNECTION TO POWER — OPERATED GRILLE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION $ CONNECT AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE KEY — SWITCH OPERATOR, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT $ DOOR PROVIDER. RECEIVED CiTY OF TUKWILA MAY 2 9 2008 PERMIT CENTER This drawing has been prepared by the Engineer, or under his supervision. This drawing is provided as an instrument of service by the Designer /Engineer and is intended for use on this project only. Pursuant to the Architectural Works Copyright Protection Act of 1990. all drawings, specifications, ideas and designs, including the overall form, arrangement and composition of spaces and elements appearing herein., constitute the original, copyrighted work of the Designer/Engineer. Any reproduction, use, or disclosure of information contained herein without prior written consent of the Engineer is strictly prohibited. Qc Copyright 2007 Bob Curry Engineer BOB CURRY 1N Ft 5720 Reeder Shawnee, Ks. 66203 (913)262 -1772 ® PROJECT 1 El GENERAL NOTES M !DRAWING JOURNEYS JY 789 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 633 SOUTHCENTER SPACE 2305 TUKW L.A, WA ® PICT MASER 07436 -17 ® PROJECT CONTACT THOM TOBEN fobc4'1'8t2cLcorn ® ARCHTECT ISM MEM MIN? STUDIO T2 DESIGN INFERIOR ARCHITECTURE & oESicr, 8010 STATE LINE ROAD SUITE 180 L EAWOOD, KANSAS 66208 PR 91&6496037 FAX 913.648.7111 JAMES A Ua—ITY ARCHffECT PXAIR S rT oc\ i DATE 6 NOVEMBER 2007 M DRAB TRLE ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN RELATED DOCUMENTS: This Drawing is a single part of an integrated set of Construction Contract Documents. The General Cations of the Contract, the General Requirements, (Division 1 of the Specifications), applicable requirements of Division 2 Eau Divislan 16 Sections of the Specifcatkns, and other Drawings may apply to the work dew on this drawing. Paiute to review other documents does not reams the Contractor tram 9 a complete Project. COMPLY Vol all laws, code and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction, and with requirement of the Landlord, if applicable. VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITIONS and dimensions prior to construction. Commencement of work constitutes verification and acceptance of existing conditions. CALCULATE AND MEASURE required dimensions, do not scale the drawings unless otherwise directed. APPLICATION of a materiel or equipment item to work installed by others constitutes acceptance of that work, and assumption of responsibility far satisfactory installation. DIIENStONS shown are to finish face of a materiel, unless othewise indicated. REVISIONS MIMISIMEEMMMIMMIMMEMSE NO. DESCRPTiON DATE E2